Panasonic ML5 U-4..6ML5XPQ/DPQ Heat Pump Service Manual
The ML5 U-4..6ML5XPQ/DPQ Heat Pump is a versatile system designed for providing both heating and cooling in various settings. It features an inverter-controlled compressor that adjusts capacity based on demand, ensuring efficient and quiet operation. The system can be connected to multiple indoor units, allowing for customized climate control in different areas. This manual provides detailed information on the system's functions, troubleshooting, and maintenance, enabling technicians to effectively install, maintain, and repair the unit.
PDF
Download
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
Service Manual U-4..6ML5XPQ/DPQ Urban Multi - Mini UM - Heat Pump Panasonic Mini UM ML4 - R-410A Heat Pump 50Hz 1. Introduction ............................................................................................v 1.1 Safety Cautions ........................................................................................v 1.2 PREFACE ............................................................................................... ix Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1 1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2 2. External Appearance...............................................................................3 2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3 3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4 Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 5 1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6 1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6 1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................10 Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts............................ 29 1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................30 1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................30 1.2 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................32 Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 39 1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................40 1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................40 2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................44 2.1 U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ ..................................................................................44 2.2 U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ ..................................................................................45 Part 5 Function............................................................................ 47 1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................48 2. Basic Control.........................................................................................49 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 Normal Operation ...................................................................................49 Compressor PI Control...........................................................................50 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................51 Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................52 3. Special Control......................................................................................53 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 Table of Contents Startup Control .......................................................................................53 Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................54 Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................56 Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................57 i Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.5 Restart Standby......................................................................................58 3.6 Stopping Operation ................................................................................59 4. Protection Control .................................................................................60 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................60 Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................61 Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................62 Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................63 5. Other Control.........................................................................................64 5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................64 5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................64 6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................65 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 Part 6 Drain Pump Control................................................................................65 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................67 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller...............................................68 Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................70 View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................71 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................72 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................72 Test Operation................................................................. 73 1. Test Operation ......................................................................................74 1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................74 1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................85 2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................86 3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................87 3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller .....................................................87 3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................104 Part 7 Troubleshooting............................................................. 123 1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................125 2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................128 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................128 Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................129 Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................130 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection / Test Operation Button ..........................................................................132 2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................133 2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................135 3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................142 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 “A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device............................142 “A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect ........................................................143 “A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......144 “A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................146 “A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S).....................147 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage..........................................................149 “A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)........................................................150 3.8 “AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................152 3.9 “AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........153 ii Table of Contents Panasonic 3.10 “C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................154 3.11 “C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger ..............................................................................156 3.12 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........157 3.13 “C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................158 3.14 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........159 3.15 “CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............160 3.16 “CC” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System ....................161 3.17 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller ................................................................................162 3.18 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect .....................................................163 3.19 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................164 3.20 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor..........................166 3.21 “E5” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ...................................................168 3.22 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor .........................................169 3.23 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)...............................................170 3.24 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................172 3.25 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................173 3.26 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air.....174 3.27 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) ....175 3.28 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Suction Pipe 1, 2 ..................................................................................176 3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) .............................177 3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................178 3.31 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) .............................179 3.32 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................180 3.33 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................181 3.34 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board .........................................182 3.35 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise.................................................................................183 3.36 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal ...............................184 3.37 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal.......................................185 3.38 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error .............................................186 3.39 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................187 3.40 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit .............................................................................188 3.41 “U0” Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................189 3.42 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ......................191 3.43 “U3” Check Operation not Executed......................................................193 3.44 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units .......................................................................................194 3.45 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............................................................................................196 3.46 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................197 3.47 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................198 Table of Contents iii Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.48 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units ................................................200 3.49 “UC” Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller........................201 3.50 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ..........................................202 3.51 “UF” System is not Set yet.....................................................................204 3.52 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined...205 4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller......................................................206 4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ...................................206 4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ...........................................................................207 4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for Centralized Control.........................................208 4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control...............................................................................209 4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting .........................................211 5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller.......212 5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................212 5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................214 5.3 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................217 Part 8 Appendix......................................................................... 221 1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................222 1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................222 1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................224 2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................227 2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................227 2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................229 2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................231 3. Option List ...........................................................................................246 3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................246 3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................248 4. 5. 6. 7. Part 9 Example of Connection .......................................................................249 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................251 Pressure Sensor .................................................................................253 Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........254 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 257 1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................258 1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................258 1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................260 1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................261 Index ............................................................................................. i Drawings & Flow Charts ............................................................... iii iv Table of Contents Panasonic Introduction 1. Introduction 1.1 Safety Cautions Cautions and Warnings Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work. The caution items are classified into “ Warning” and “ Caution”. The “ Warning” items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely. The “ Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below. About the pictograms This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised. The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid. This symbol indicates a prohibited action. The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol. This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction. The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol. After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer 1.1.1 Caution in Repair Warning Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disassembling the equipment for a repair. Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an electrical shook. If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment. If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the discharging refrigerant gas. The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite. When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated place first. If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can cause injury. If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames. The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical components of the outdoor unit. Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work. A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock. Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power cable plug. Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can cause an electrical shock or fire. v Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Introduction Caution Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands. Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock. Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water. Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock. Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place, to avoid electrical shocks. Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning the equipment. The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury. Do not tilt the unit when removing it. The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor. Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down sufficiently before conducting repair work. Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns. Use the welder in a well-ventilated place. Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency. 1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair Warning Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the equipment. The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire. When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment. If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury. Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard installation frame. Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the equipment to fall, resulting in injury. Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a window frame. If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury. Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting electrical work. Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an electrical shock or fire. vi For integral units only For integral units only Panasonic Introduction Warning Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals. Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire. When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable. If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire. Do not damage or modify the power cable. Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire. Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable can damage the cable. Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the refrigerant system. If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results, causing equipment damage and injury. If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no refrigerant leak. If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters, stoves and ranges. When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it. If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately. Caution Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks. Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combustible gas leaks. If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire. Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For integral units If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only wet the furniture and floor. 1.1.3 Inspection after Repair Warning Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert the plug into a power outlet all the way. If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire. If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to replace them. Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire. Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire. vii Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Introduction Caution Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure. Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation, fire or an electrical shock. If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it. Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in injury. Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded. Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock. Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher. Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock. Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair. Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor. 1.1.4 Using Icons Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each icon is described in the table below: 1.1.5 Using Icons List Icon Type of Information Note Description A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks. Note: Caution A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure. Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury. Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a specific topic. Caution Warning viii Panasonic 1.2 Introduction PREFACE Thank you for your continued patronage of Panasonic products. This is the new service manual for Panasonic's Year 2008 UM ML5 series Heat Pump System. Panasonic offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs. We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs. This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of UM ML5 series R-410A Heat Pump System. July, 2008 After Sales Service Division ix Introduction x Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Panasonic Part 1 General Information 1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2 2. External Appearance...............................................................................3 2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3 3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4 General Information 1 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units 1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units *Indoor Units Type Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow) Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow) 600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Mult Flow) Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type Model Name Power Supply LM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 — 125 V3 UM4 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 VE YM3 20 25 32 40 50 — — — — V1 40 — 63 — — — VE — — — — — DM3 — 25 32 Concealed Ceiling Unit (Small) NM3 20 25 — Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type FM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ceiling Mounted Duct Type EM3 — — — 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ceiling Suspended TM3 Type — — 32 — — 63 — 100 — Wall Mounted Type KM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 — — — Floor Standing Type PM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 — — — Concealed Floor Standing Type RM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 — — — — V3 VE Note: VE:1f, 220~240V, 50Hz, 1f, 220V, 60Hz V1:1f, 220~240V, 50Hz V3:1f, 230V, 50Hz Outdoor Units Series Inverter Heat Pump Model Name U-ML5 4 5 Power Supply 6 Y1, V1 Y1 :3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz V1 :1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz 2 General Information Panasonic External Appearance 2. External Appearance 2.1 Indoor Units Roundflow Ceiling Mounted Cassette S-20UM4JPQ S-25UM4JPQ S-32UM4JPQ S-40UM4JPQ S-50UM4JPQ S-63UM4JPQ S-80UM4JPQ S-100UM4JPQ S-125UM4JPQ 600×600 4-Way Blow Ceiling Mounted Cassette S-20YM3HPQ S-25YM3HPQ S-32YM3HPQ S-40YM3HPQ S-50YM3HPQ 2-Way Blow Ceiling Mounted Cassette S-20LM3HPQ S-25LM3HPQ S-32LM3HPQ S-40LM3HPQ S-50LM3HPQ S-63LM3HPQ S-80LM3HPQ S-125LM3HPQ Ceiling Mounted Corner Cassette S-25DM3HPS S-32DM3HPS S-40DM3HPS S-63DM3HPS Concealed Ceiling Unit (Small) S-20NM3HPQ S-25NM3HPQ Concealed Ceiling Unit (Large) S-40EM3HPS S-50EM3HPS S-63EM3HPS S-80EM3HPS S-100EM3HPS S-125EM3HPS S-200EM3HPS S-250EM3HPS S-40..125EM3HPS S-200..250EM3HPS Ceiling Suspended Unit S-32TM3JPR S-63TM3JPR S-100TM3JPR Wall Mounted Unit S-20KM3HPR S-25KM3HPR S-32KM3HPR S-40KM3HPR S-50KM3HPR S-63KM3HPR Floor Standing Unit S-20PM3HPS S-25PM3HPS S-32PM3HPS S-40PM3HPS S-50PM3HPS S-63PM3HPS Concealed Floor Standing Unit S-20RM3HPS S-25RM3HPS S-32RM3HPS S-40RM3HPS S-50RM3HPS S-63RM3HPS Concealed Ceiling Unit S-20FM3HPQ S-25FM3HPQ S-32FM3HPQ S-40FM3HPQ S-50FM3HPQ S-63FM3HPQ S-80FM3HPQ S-100FM3HPQ S-125FM3HPQ General Information 3 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Capacity Range 3. Capacity Range Outdoor Units Capacity Range U-ML5 No of Indoor Units to be Connected Total Capacity Index of Indoor Units to be Connected 4HP 4 5HP 5 6HP 6 6 8 9 50~130 62.5~162.5 70~182 Indoor Units Capacity Range Capacity Index 0.8HP 20 1HP 25 1.25HP 31.25 1.6HP 40 2HP 50 2.5HP 62.5 3.2HP 80 4HP 100 5HP 125 LM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 — 125 UM4 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 YM3 20 25 32 40 50 — — — — Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type DM3 — 25 32 40 — 63 — — — Concealed Cealing Mounted (Small) NM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type FM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ceiling Mounted Duct Type EM3 — — — 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ceiling Suspended Type TM3 — — 32 — — 63 — 100 — Wall Mounted Type KM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 — — — Floor Standing Type PM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 — — — Concealed Floor Standing Type RM3 20 25 32 40 50 63 — — — Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow) Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow) 600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow) 4 General Information Panasonic Part 2 Specifications 1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6 1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6 1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................10 Specifications 5 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications 1. Specifications 1.1 Outdoor Units Heat Pump 50Hz <U-4..6ML5XPQ> 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Capacity Heating kW Cooling COP Heating Capacity range HP PED category Max n° of indoor units to be connected Indoor index Minimum connection Maximum Colour Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Material Packing Weight kg Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Dimensions Nr of Passes Heat Face Area m² Exchanger Nr of Stages Tube type Fin type Fin Treatment Type Quantity Cooling m³/min Air Flow Rate (nominal at 230V) Heating m³/min Fan Discharge direction Quantity Motor Model Cooling rpm Speed Motor (nominal) Heating rpm Drive Fan Motor Output motor W Quantity Quantity Model Type Compressor Speed rpm Motor Motor Output kW Starting Method Crankcase W Heater Cooling Standard Min °CDB Cooling Max °CDB Operation Min °CWB Range Heating Max °CWB 6 U-4ML5XPQ 11.2 12.5 3.88 4.43 4 6 50 130 980 420 900 320 120 130 8 857 2 2 10 60 2 106 102 2 820/785 70 1 1 2.5 U-5ML5XPQ 14.0 16.0 3.88 4.03 5 Category I 8 62.5 162.5 White Painted galvanised steel 1,524 980 420 1,345 900 320 120 130 Carton, wood + EPS 8 857 2 2 10 1,131 60 Hi-XSS (8) Non-symmetric waffle louvre Corrosion resistant Propeller 2 106 105 Horizontal 2 Brushless DC motor 850/815 840/805 Direct drive 70 1 1 JT100G-VDLYR Hermetically sealed scroll compressor 6,480 3.0 Direct on line U-6ML5XPQ 15.5 18.0 3.33 3.83 6 9 70 182 980 420 900 320 120 130 8 857 2 2 10 60 2 106 105 2 840/805 70 1 1 3.5 33 33 33 -5 46 -20 15.5 -5 46 -20 15.5 -5 46 -20 15.5 Specifications Panasonic Specifications 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Sound Power dBA (Nominal) Cooling Sound Pressure dBA Sound level (Nominal) Refrigerant Refrigerant Oil Piping connections Sound Heating Pressure (Nominal) Name Charge Control Nr of Circuits Name Charged Volume Type Liquid Diameter (OD) (OD) Type Gas Diameter (OD) Quantity Drain Diameter (OD) Heat Insulation Max total length Defrost Method Defrost Control Capacity Control Method Capacity Control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes Specifications U-4ML5XPQ U-5ML5XPQ U-6ML5XPQ 66 67 69 50 51 53 dBA 52 53 55 kg 4.0 1 R-410A 4.0 Expansion valve (electronic type) 1 Daphne FVC68D 1.5 Flare connection 4.0 1 l 1.5 mm 9.52 9.52 9.52 Flare connection Flare connection Braze connection 15.9 15.9 19.1 3 3 3 mm mm m 1.5 26 × 3 Both liquid and gas pipes 300 300 300 Reversed cycle Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature Inverter controlled 24 to 100 HPS, Fan motor thermal protection, Inverter overload protector, PC board fuse Installation manual, Operation manual, Installation manual, Operation manual Connection pipes Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on: indoor temperature: 20°CDB, outdoor temperature: 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping: 5m, level difference: 0m. Sound power level is an absolute value that a sound source generates. Sound pressure level is a relative value, depending on the distance and acoustic environment. For more details, please refer to sound level drawings. Sound values are measured in a semi-anechoic room. 7 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Heat pump 50Hz <U-4..6ML5DPQ> 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling Capacity Heating Cooling COP Heating Capacity range PED category Max n° of indoor units to be connected Indoor index Minimum connection Maximum Colour Casing Material Height Packing Width Depth Dimensions Height Unit Width Depth Unit Weight Packed Unit Material Packing Weight Dimensions Heat Exchanger kW kW HP U-4ML5DPQ 11.2 12.5 3.99 4.56 4 6 50 130 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Nr of Passes Face Area m² Nr of Stages 980 420 900 320 120 130 8 857 2 2 10 60 Tube type Fin Fin type Treatment Type Quantity Fan Motor Fan Compressor Cooling Operation Range Sound Level 8 Cooling m³/min Air Flow Rate (nominal at 230V) Heating m³/min Discharge direction Quantity Motor Model Cooling rpm Speed (nominal) Heating rpm Drive Motor Output motor W Quantity Quantity Model Type Speed rpm Motor Motor Output kW Starting Method Crankcase W Heater Standard Min °CDB Cooling Max °CDB Min °CWB Heating Max °CWB Sound Power dBA Cooling Sound Pressure dBA Sound Pressure dBA Heating 2 106 102 2 820/785 70 1 1 2.5 U-5ML5DPQ 14.0 16.0 3.99 4.15 5 Category I 8 62.5 162.5 White Painted galvanised steel 1,524 980 420 1,345 900 320 120 130 Carton, wood + EPS 8 U-6ML5DPQ 15.5 18.0 3.42 3.94 6 857 2 2 10 1,131 60 Hi-XSS (8) Non-symmetric waffle louvre Corrosion resistant Propeller 2 106 105 Horizontal 2 Brushless DC motor 850/815 840/805 Direct drive 70 1 1 JT100G-VDL Hermetically sealed scroll compressor 6,480 3.0 Direct on line 857 2 2 10 9 70 182 980 420 900 320 120 130 8 60 2 106 105 2 840/805 70 1 1 3.5 33 33 33 -5 46 -20 15.5 66 50 52 -5 46 -20 15.5 67 51 53 -5 46 -20 15.5 69 53 55 Specifications Panasonic 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Name Charge Refrigerant Control N× of circuits Name Refrigerant Oil Charged Volume Type Liquid Diameter (OD) (OD) Type Gas Diameter Piping (OD) connections Quantity Drain Diameter (OD) Heat Insulation Max total length Defrost Method Defrost Control Capacity Control Method Capacity Control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes Specifications Specifications U-4ML5DPQ kg 4.0 1 U-5ML5DPQ R-410A 4.0 Expansion valve (electronic type) 1 Daphne FVC68D 1.5 Flare connection U-6ML5DPQ 4.0 1 l 1.5 mm 9.52 9.52 9.52 Flare connection Flare connection Braze connection 15.9 15.9 19.1 3 3 3 mm mm m 1.5 26 × 3 Both liquid and gas pipes 300 300 300 Reversed cycle Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature Inverter controlled 24 to 100 HPS, Fan motor thermal protection, Inverter overload protector, PC board fuse Installation manual, Operation manual, Installation manual, Operation manual Connection pipes Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m. 8 meter 1 Sound pressure Sound values Sound values are measured in a semi-anechoic room. 9 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications 1.2 Indoor Units Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow) 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Colour Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Required Ceiling Void mm Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Nr of Passes Dimensions Face Area m² Heat Nr of Stages Exchanger Empty Tubeplate Hole Tube type Fin type Fin Treatment Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Cooling Low m³/min Air Flow Rate High m³/min Heating Low m³/min Quantity Steps Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA High dBA Sound Heating Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Drain-up Height mm Nominal Capacity 10 S-20LM3HPQ 2.20 2.50 0.077 0.044 S-25LM3HPQ 2.80 3.20 0.092 0.059 405 1060 665 305 780 600 26 30 350 475×2 405 1060 665 305 780 600 26 30 350 475×2 1.50 1.50 0.1×2 0.1×2 S-32LM3HPQ 3.60 4.00 0.092 0.059 Non painted Galvanised steel 405 1060 665 305 780 600 26 30 350 475×2 2×2 1.50 3×2 0.1×2 10×2 S-40LM3HPQ 4.50 5.00 0.130 0.097 S-50LM3HPQ 5.60 6.30 0.130 0.097 405 1280 665 305 995 600 31 37 350 690×2 405 1280 665 305 995 600 32 38 350 475×2 1.50 1.50 0.145×2 0.145×2 6 1 7.0 5.0 7.0 5.0 1 1 9.0 6.5 9.0 6.5 1 10 15 Hi-XSS (7) Symmetric waffle louvre Hydrophilic Sirocco fan 1 9.0 6.5 9.0 6.5 1 Phase cut control 15 2 12.0 9.0 12.0 9.0 1 2 12.0 9.0 12.0 9.0 1 20 20 Direct drive R-410A 45.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 33.0 28.0 33.0 28.0 35.0 29.0 35.0 29.0 35.5 30.5 35.5 30.5 35.5 30.5 35.5 30.5 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 12.7 32 12.7 32 12.7 32 12.7 32 CZ-01KPL11P CZ-01KPL11P CZ-02KPL11P CZ-02KPL11P 53 1030 680 8.0 600 53 1030 680 8.0 600 35.0 29.0 35.0 29.0 Flare connection 6.35 Flare connection 12.7 32 Both liquid and gas pipes CZ-01KPL11P White (10Y9/0,5) 53 1030 680 8.0 600 53 1245 680 8.5 600 53 1245 680 8.5 600 Specifications Panasonic 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Air Filter Air direction control Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes Specifications Specifications S-20LM3HPQ S-25LM3HPQ S-32LM3HPQ S-40LM3HPQ S-50LM3HPQ Resin net with mold resistance Up and downwards Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse, Drain pump fuse Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Washer for hanging bracket, Installation and operation manual, Paper pattern for installation, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 270CDB, 190CWB, outdoor temperature : 350CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 200CDB, outdoor temperature : 70CDB, 60CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. 11 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow) 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Colour Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Required Ceiling Void mm Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Nr of Passes Dimensions Face Area m² Heat Nr of Stages Exchanger Empty Tubeplate Hole Tube type Fin type Fin Treatment Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Cooling Low m³/min Air Flow Rate High m³/min Heating Low m³/min Quantity Steps Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA High dBA Sound Heating Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Drain Diameter mm Heat Insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Drain-up Height mm Air Filter Air direction control Refrigerant control Temperature control Nominal Capacity Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes 12 S-63LM3HPQ 7.10 8.00 0.161 0.126 405 1460 665 305 1180 600 35 42 350 875×2 1.50 6×2 0.184×2 S-80LM3HPQ 9.00 10.00 0.209 0.176 Non painted Galvanised steel 405 1808 645 305 1670 600 47 55 350 1365 2×2 1.50 5×2 0.287×2 10×2 S-125LM3HPQ 14.00 16.00 0.256 0.223 405 1808 645 305 1670 600 48 56 350 1365 1.50 6 0.287×2 8 2 16.5 13.0 16.5 13.0 1 30 Hi-XSS (7) Symmetric waffle louvre Hydrophilic Sirocco fan 3 26.0 21.0 26.0 21.0 1 Phase cut control 50 3 33.0 25.0 33.0 25.0 1 85 Direct drive R-410A 52.0 54.0 60.0 38.0 33.0 38.0 33.0 40.0 45.0 35.0 39.0 40.0 45.0 35.0 39.0 Flare connection 9.5 9.5 9.5 Flare connection 15.9 15.9 15.9 32 32 32 Both liquid and gas pipes CZ-03KPL11P CZ-06KPL11P CZ-06KPL11P White (10Y9/0,5) 53 53 53 1430 1920 1920 680 680 680 9.5 12.0 12.0 600 600 600 Resin net with mold resistance Up and downwards Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse, PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector, Drain pump fuse Drain pump fuse Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Washer for hanging bracket, Clamps, Installation and operation manual, Paper pattern for installation, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Specifications Panasonic Specifications Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round-flow) 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Capacity Heating kW Cooling kW Power Input Heating kW Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Inside mm Dimensions Length Outside mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Nr of Passes Dimensions Heat Face Area m² Exchanger Nr of Stages Empty Tubeplate Hole Fin Fin type Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Cooling Low m³/min Air Flow Rate High m³/min Heating Low m³/min Model Steps Fan Motor Output W (high) Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA High dBA Sound Heating Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Gas Piping Diameter mm connections Drain Diameter mm Heat Insulation Sound absorbing insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Air Filter Standard Accessories Notes Specifications S-20UM4JPQ 2.2 2.5 0.053 0.045 S-25UM4JPQ 2.8 3.2 0.053 0.045 220 882 882 204 840 840 20.0 24.0 220 882 882 204 840 840 20.0 24.0 2 1.2 2 0.267 6 2 1.2 2 0.267 6 4 4 1 12.5 9.0 12.5 9.0 2 56 S-40UM4JPQ 4.5 5.0 0.063 0.055 S-50UM4JPQ 5.6 6.3 0.083 0.067 220 882 882 204 840 840 20.0 24.0 220 882 882 204 840 840 21.0 26.0 2 1.2 3 0.267 6 2 1.2 7 0.357 8 Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and Hi-XSS tubes) Turbo fan 1 1 1 12.5 12.5 13.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 12.5 12.5 13.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 QTS48D11M 2 2 2 1 15.5 10.0 15.0 9.5 56 S-32UM4JPQ 3.6 4.0 0.053 0.045 Galvanised steel 220 882 882 204 840 840 20.0 24.0 2,096 2,152 2 1.2 3 0.267 6 56 2 56 56 50 51 R-410A 49 49 31 28 31 28 31 28 31 28 49 31 32 33 28 28 28 31 32 33 28 28 28 Flare connection 6.35 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 Flare connection 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 VP25 (I.D. 25/O.D. 32) Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene (Foamed Polyurethane) CZ-06KPU12P RAL9010 50 50 50 50 50 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 Resin net with mold resistance Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Washer for hanging bracket, Screws, Sealing Pads, Insulation for fitting, Clamp for drain hose, Installation guide, Drain sealing pad The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction The sound power level is an absolute value indicating the power wich a sound source generates. Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. 13 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round-flow) 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Capacity Heating kW Cooling kW Power Input Heating kW Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Inside mm Dimensions Length Outside mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Dimensions Nr of Passes Heat Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Fin Fin type Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Cooling Low m³/min Air Flow Rate High m³/min Heating Low m³/min Model Steps Fan Motor Output W (high) Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA High dBA Sound Heating Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Gas Piping Diameter mm connections Drain Diameter mm Heat Insulation Sound absorbing insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Air Filter Standard Accessories Notes 14 S-63UM4JPQ 7.1 8.0 0.095 0.114 220 882 882 204 840 840 21.0 26.0 2 1.2 7 0.357 8 1 16.5 11.0 17.5 12.0 QTS48D11M 2 56 S-80UM4JPQ S-100UM4JPQ 9.0 11.2 10.0 12.5 0.120 0.173 0.108 0.176 Galvanised steel 262 262 882 882 882 882 246 246 840 840 840 840 24.0 24.0 28.0 28.0 2,096 2,152 2 2 1.2 1.2 9 9 0.446 0.446 10 10 Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and Hi-XSS tubes) Turbo fan 1 1 23.5 26.5 14.5 17.0 23.5 28.0 14.5 17.5 QTS48C15M QTS48C15M 2 2 120 S-125UM4JPQ 14.0 16.0 0.258 0.246 304 882 882 288 840 840 26.0 31.0 2 1.2 11 0.535 12 1 33.0 20.0 33.0 20.0 QTS48C15M 2 120 120 R-410A 52 55 58 61 34 29 36 30 38 32 38 32 41 33 42 34 44 34 44 34 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 Flare connection Flare connection 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 VP25 (I.D. 25/O.D. 32) Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene (Foamed Polyurethane) CZ-06KPU12P RAL9010 50 50 50 50 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 Resin net with mold resistance Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Washer for hanging bracket, Screws, Sealing Pads, Insulation for fitting, Clamp for drain hose, Installation guide, Drain sealing pad The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction The sound power level is an absolute value indicating the power wich a sound source generates. Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Specifications Panasonic Specifications 600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow) 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Nominal Capacity Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Casing Material Height mm Dimensions Unit Width mm Depth mm Weight Unit kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Heat Dimensions Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Air Flow Rate Cooling Low m³/min Quantity Model Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Air Filter Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes Specifications S-20YM3HPQ 2.20 2.50 0.073 0.064 S-25YM3HPQ 2.80 3.20 0.073 0.064 286 575 575 18 2 1.50 0.269 10 286 575 575 18 2 1.50 0.269 10 1 9.00 7.00 1 1 9.00 7.00 1 55 55 S-32YM3HPQ 3.60 4.00 0.076 0.068 Galvanised steel 286 575 575 18 2 1.50 0.269 10 Turbo fan 1 9.50 7.50 1 QTS32C15M S-40YM3HPQ 4.50 5.00 0.089 0.080 S-50YM3HPQ 5.60 6.30 0.115 0.107 286 575 575 18 2 1.50 0.269 10 286 575 575 18 2 1.50 0.269 10 1 11.00 8.00 1 1 14.00 10.00 1 55 55 55 53.0 58.0 Direct drive R-410A 47.0 47.0 30.0 25.0 30.0 25.0 49.0 32.0 36.0 41.0 26.0 28.0 33.0 Flare connection 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 Flare connection 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 26 26 26 26 26 Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene CZ-02KPY12P White (Ral 9010) 55 55 55 55 55 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 Resin net with mold resistance Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector Installation and operation manual, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Clamp metal, Washer fixing plate, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws, Washer for hanger bracket, Insulation for fitting Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. 15 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Nominal Capacity Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Casing Material Height mm Dimensions Unit Width mm Depth mm Weight Unit kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Heat Dimensions Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Air Flow Rate Cooling Low m³/min Quantity Model Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Air Filter Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes 16 S-25DM3HPS 2.80 3.20 0.066 0.046 215 1110 710 31 2 1.75 0.180 11 S-32DM3HPS S-40DM3HPS 3.60 4.50 4.00 5.00 0.066 0.076 0.046 0.056 Galvanised steel 215 215 1110 1110 710 710 31 31 2 2 1.75 1.75 0.180 0.180 11 11 S-63DM3HPS 7.10 8.00 0.105 0.085 215 1310 710 34 3 1.75 0.226 11 Sirocco fan 1 11.00 9.00 1 3D12H1AN1V1 1 11.00 9.00 1 3D12H1AN1V1 15 15 1 13.00 10.00 1 3D12H1AP1V1 1 18.00 15.00 1 4D12H1AJ1V1 20 45 40.0 34.0 42.0 37.0 6.4 9.5 12.7 32 15.9 32 Direct drive R-410A 38.0 33.0 38.0 33.0 6.4 6.4 Flare connection Flare connection 12.7 32 CZ-02KPD11P 12.7 32 Foamed Polyethylene CZ-02KPD11P CZ-02KPD11P CZ-03KPD11P White 70 1240 800 8.5 70 70 70 1240 1240 1440 800 800 800 8.5 8.5 9.5 Resin net with mold resistance Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Drain pump fuse, Fan motor thermal Installation and operation manual, Metal clamp for drain hose, Clamps, Insulation for hangar bracket, Positioning Jig for Installation, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Insulation for fitting, Sealing Pads, Screws, Washer, Air Outlet blocking pad Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V Specifications Panasonic Specifications Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump) 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Nominal Capacity Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Colour Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Required Ceiling Void mm Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Nr of Passes Dimensions Face Area m² Heat Nr of Stages Exchanger S-20NM3HPQ 2.20 2.50 0.050 0.050 Non painted Galvanised steel 301 584 753 230 502 652 17 18 250 430 2 1.40 2 0.108 12 Empty Tubeplate Hole Fan Cooling Air Flow Rate Heating Fan Motor Refrigerant Name Sound Level Cooling Cooling Sound Pressure Heating Sound Pressure Liquid (OD) Piping connections Gas Drain Air Filter Air direction control Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes Specifications Hi-XSS (7) Symmetric waffle louvre Hydrophilic Sirocco fan Fin type Treatment Type Quantity High Low High Low Quantity Steps Output (high) Drive Sound power (nominal) High Low High Low Type Diameter Type Diameter Diameter m³/min m³/min m³/min m³/min 301 584 753 230 502 652 17 18 250 430 2 1.40 2 0.108 12 4 Tube type Fin S-25NM3HPQ 2.80 3.20 0.050 0.050 1 6.70 5.20 6.70 5.20 1 1 7.40 5.80 7.40 5.80 1 step motor W 10 10 Direct drive R-410A dBA 50.0 50.0 dBA dBA dBA dBA 37.0 32.0 37.0 32.0 37.0 32.0 37.0 32.0 mm 6.4 Flare connection 6.4 Flare connection mm mm 12.7 27.2 12.7 27.2 Resin net with mold resistance Up and downwards Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector Installation and operation manual, Fuse, Caution for servicing sticker, Suction air filter Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. 17 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Cooling kW (Conditions Heating kW specified in 1) Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Colour Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Required Ceiling Void mm Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Nr of Passes Dimensions Face Area m² Heat Exchanger Nr of Stages Empty Tubeplate Hole Tube type Fin type Fin Treatment Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Cooling Low m³/min Air Flow Rate High m³/min Heating Low m³/min High Pa External static Standard Pa pressure Low Pa Quantity Fan Model Steps Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA High dBA Sound Heating Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping Gas connections Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Drain-up Height mm Air Filter Air direction control Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes 18 S-20FM3HPQ 2.20 S-25FM3HPQ 2.80 S-32FM3HPQ 3.60 S-40FM3HPQ 4.50 S-50FM3HPQ 5.60 2.50 3.20 4.00 5.00 6.30 0.110 0.090 0.110 0.090 0.127 0.107 0.143 0.123 354 742 936 300 550 800 30 34 350 300 3 1.75 3 0.088 14 354 742 936 300 550 800 30 34 350 300 3 1.75 3 0.088 14 354 892 936 300 700 800 30 34 350 450 3 1.75 4 0.132 14 354 892 936 300 700 800 31 35 350 450 3 1.75 4 0.132 14 1 9.00 6.50 9.00 6.50 125 105 96 1 D18H3AA1V1 1 9.00 6.50 9.00 6.50 125 105 96 1 D18H3AA1V1 0.114 0.094 Non painted Galvanised steel 354 742 936 300 550 800 30 34 350 300 3 1.75 3 0.088 14 14 Hi-XSS (7) Symmetric waffle louvre Hydrophilic Sirocco fan 1 9.50 7.00 9.50 7.00 104 88 78 1 D18H3AA1V1 step motor 1 11.50 9.00 11.50 9.00 116 98 85 1 D18H2AC1V1 1 15.00 11.00 15.00 11.00 136 114 99 1 D18H2AB1V1 50 50 65 85 56.0 58.0 50 Direct drive R-410A 50.0 50.0 32.0 28.0 32.0 28.0 32.0 28.0 32.0 28.0 51.0 33.0 33.0 35.0 28.0 29.0 31.0 33.0 33.0 35.0 28.0 29.0 31.0 Flare connection 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 Flare connection 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 32 32 32 32 32 Both liquid and gas pipes CZ-01HPF11P CZ-01HPF11P CZ-01HPF11P CZ-02HPF11P CZ-02HPF11P White (10Y9/0,5) 55 55 55 55 55 650 650 650 800 800 500 500 500 500 500 3 3 3 3.5 3.5 600 600 600 600 600 Resin net with mold resistance Up and downwards Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Drain pump fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse Metal clamp for drain hose, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Insulation for fitting, Washer for hanger bracket, Screws for duct flanges, Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Fuse, Installation and operation manual Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means : High static pressure -standard - low static pressure The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means : High static pressure -standard Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction Specifications Panasonic Specifications Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Capacity Cooling kW (Conditions Heating kW specified in 1) Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Colour Casing Material Height mm Packing Width mm Depth mm Dimensions Height mm Unit Width mm Depth mm Unit kg Weight Packed Unit kg Required Ceiling Void mm Length mm Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Dimensions Nr of Passes Heat Face Area m² Exchanger Nr of Stages Tube type Fin type Fin Treatment Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Cooling Low m³/min Air Flow Rate High m³/min Heating Low m³/min High Pa External static Standard Pa pressure Low Pa Quantity Fan Model Steps Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name Sound Sound Level Cooling power dBA (nominal) High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA High dBA Sound Heating Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping Gas connections Diameter mm Drain Diameter mm Heat Insulation Model Colour Height mm Decoration Panel Dimensions Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Drain-up Height mm Air Filter Air direction control Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Notes Specifications S-63FM3HPQ 7.10 S-80FM3HPQ 9.00 S-100FM3HPQ 11.20 S-125FM3HPQ 14.00 8.00 10.00 12.50 16.00 0.189 0.169 0.234 0.214 0.242 0.222 0.321 0.301 356 1596 938 300 1400 800 51 58 350 1150 3 1.75 10 0.338 14 356 1596 938 300 1400 800 52 59 350 1150 3 1.75 10 0.338 14 3 28.00 20.50 28.00 20.50 141 125 3 38.00 28.00 38.00 28.00 109 93 1 3D18H2AH1V1 1 3D18H2AG1V1 135 225 Non painted Galvanised steel 354 1192 936 300 1000 800 41 47 350 750 3 1.75 7 0.221 14 356 1596 938 300 1400 800 51 58 350 1150 3 1.75 10 0.338 14 Hi-XSS (7) Symmetric waffle louvre Hydrophilic Sirocco fan 2 21.00 15.50 21.00 15.50 123 111 3 27.00 20.00 27.00 20.00 141 125 1 2D18H2AB1V1 1 3D18H2AH1V1 125 135 98 step motor Direct drive R-410A 56.0 55.0 56.0 65.0 35.0 30.0 35.0 30.0 37.0 31.0 37.0 31.0 38.0 33.0 38.0 33.0 40.0 35.0 40.0 35.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 15.9 32 15.9 32 Flare connection Flare connection 15.9 32 CZ-03HPF11P 55 1100 500 4.5 600 15.9 32 Both liquid and gas pipes CZ-06HPF11P CZ-06HPF11P White (10Y9/0,5) 55 55 1500 1500 500 500 6.5 6.5 600 600 Resin net with mold resistance Up and downwards Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating CZ-06HPF11P 55 1500 500 6.5 600 PC board fuse, Drain pump PC board fuse, Drain pump fuse, Fan motor thermal protector fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse Metal clamp for drain hose, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Insulation for fitting, Washer for hanger bracket, Screws for duct flanges, Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Fuse, Installation and operation manual Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m. The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means : High static pressure -standard - low static pressure The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means : High static pressure -standard Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction 19 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Ceiling Mounted Duct Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling Capacity Heating S-40EM3HPS 4.5 5.0 0.194 (1) 0.193 (2) 0.182 S-50EM3HPS 5.6 6.3 0.215 (1) 0.214 (2) 0.203 300 700 700 28 3 1.75 0.148 16 300 1,000 700 36 3 1.75 0.249 16 m³/min m³/min m³/min Pa Pa Pa 16 13 11 160 100 30 18 16.5 15 200 100 50 W 140 350 kW kW Cooling kW kW Casing Heating Material Dimensions Unit Weight Unit Heat Exchanger Dimensions Fan Type Power Input Height Width Depth mm mm mm kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Face Area m² Nr of Stages High high High Low High External static Standard pressure Low Fan Output (high) Motor Drive Type Liquid (OD) Diameter Piping Type connections Gas Diameter Diameter Drain Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Air Flow Rate Cooling Standard Accessories Notes 20 mm mm mm S-63EM3HPS S-80EM3HPS 7.1 9.0 8.0 10.0 0.230 (1) 0.298 (1) 0.229 (2) 0.297 (2) 0.218 0.286 Galvanised steel plate 300 300 1,000 1,000 700 700 36 36 3 3 1.75 1.75 0.249 0.249 16 16 Sirocco fan 19.5 25 17.5 22.5 16 20 200 200 100 100 50 50 350 350 S-100EM3HPS 11.2 12.5 0.376 (1) 0.375 (2) 0.364 S-125EM3HPS 14.0 16.0 0.461 (1) 0.460 (2) 0.449 300 1,400 700 46 3 1.75 0.383 16 300 1,400 700 46 3 1.75 0.383 16 32 27 23 200 100 50 39 33 28 200 100 50 350 350 Direct drive Flare connection 6.35 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52 Flare connection 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 VP25 (I.D. 32/O.D. 25) Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating Fuse, Fan driver overload protector Operation manual, Installation manual, Drain hose, Sealing pads, Clamps, Washer, Screws, Insulation for fitting, Clamp metal, Air discharge flange, Air suction flange Nominal cooling capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 27°CDB/19°CWB; outdoor temperature: 35°CDB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 20°CDB; outdoor temperature: 7°CDB/6°CWB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. External static pressure is changeable in 13 or 14 stages within the ( ) range by the remote control. Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its colorimetric method(gravity method) 50% or more. Specifications Panasonic Specifications Ceiling Suspended Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Casing Colour Height mm Dimensions Unit Width mm Depth mm Weight Unit kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Heat Dimensions Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Air Flow Rate Cooling Low m³/min Quantity Model Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Air Filter Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Nominal Capacity Standard Accessories Notes S-32TM3JPR 3.60 4.00 0.111 0.111 195 960 680 24 2 1.75 0.182 12 1 12.00 10.00 1 3D12K1AA1 62 36.0 31.0 6.4 12.7 26 S-63TM3JPR 7.10 8.00 0.115 0.115 White (10Y9/0,5) 195 1160 680 28 3 1.75 0.233 12 Sirocco fan 1 17.50 14.00 1 4D12K1AA1 S-100TM3JPR 11.20 12.50 0.135 0.135 62 130 Direct drive R-410A 39.0 34.0 Flare connection 9.5 Flare connection 15.9 26 Glass wool 195 1400 680 33 3 1.75 0.293 12 1 25.00 19.50 1 3D12K2AA1 45.0 37.0 9.5 15.9 26 Resin net with mold resistance Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Paper pattern for installation, Clamp metal, Insulation for fitting Clamps, Washer Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Specifications 21 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Wall Mounted Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Casing Colour Height mm Dimensions Unit Width mm Depth mm Weight Unit kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Heat Dimensions Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Air Flow Rate Cooling Low m³/min Quantity Model Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Air Filter Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Nominal Capacity Notes 22 S-20KM3HPR 2.20 2.50 0.016 0.024 S-25KM3HPR 2.80 3.20 0.022 0.027 290 795 230 11 2 1.40 0.161 14 290 795 230 11 2 1.40 0.161 14 1 7.50 4.50 1 QCL9661M 1 8.00 5.00 1 QCL9661M 40 40 S-32KM3HPR S-40KM3HPR 3.60 4.50 4.00 5.00 0.027 0.020 0.032 0.020 white (3.0Y8.5/0.5) 290 290 795 1050 230 230 11 14 2 2 1.40 1.40 0.161 0.213 14 14 Cross flow fan 1 1 9.00 12.00 5.50 9.00 1 1 QCL9661M QCL9686M 40 43 S-50KM3HPR 5.60 6.30 0.027 0.032 S-63KM3HPR 7.10 8.00 0.050 0.060 290 1050 230 14 2 1.40 0.213 14 290 1050 230 14 2 1.40 0.213 14 15.00 12.00 1 QCL9686M 19.00 14.00 1 QCL9686M 43 43 Direct drive R-410A 35.0 29.0 36.0 29.0 37.0 39.0 42.0 46.0 29.0 34.0 36.0 39.0 Flare connection 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.35 9.5 Flare connection 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9 18 18 18 18 18 18 Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene Washable resin net Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse Installation and operation manual, Installation panel, Paper pattern for installation, Insulation tape, Clamps, Screws Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Specifications Panasonic Specifications Floor Standing Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Casing Colour Height mm Dimensions Unit Width mm Depth mm Weight Unit kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Heat Dimensions Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Air Flow Rate Cooling Low m³/min Quantity Model Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Air Filter Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Nominal Capacity Notes Specifications S-20PM3HPS 2.20 2.50 0.049 0.049 FS-25PM3HPS 2.80 3.20 0.049 0.049 600 1000 222 25 3 1.50 0.159 14 600 1000 222 25 3 1.50 0.159 14 1 7.00 6.00 1 D14B20 1 7.00 6.00 1 D14B20 15 15 S-32PM3HPS S-40PM3HPS 3.60 4.50 4.00 5.00 0.090 0.090 0.090 0.090 Ivory white (5Y7,5/1) 600 600 1140 1140 222 222 30 30 3 3 1.50 1.50 0.200 0.200 14 14 Sirocco fan 1 1 8.00 11.00 6.00 8.50 1 1 2D14B13 2D14B13 25 25 S-50PM3HPS 5.60 6.30 0.110 0.110 S-63PM3HPS 7.10 8.00 0.110 0.110 600 1420 222 36 3 1.50 0.282 14 600 1420 222 36 3 1.50 0.282 14 1 14.00 11.00 1 2D14B20 1 16.00 12.00 1 2D14B20 35 35 Direct drive R-410A 35.0 32.0 35.0 32.0 35.0 38.0 39.0 40.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 Flare connection 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 9.5 Flare connection 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9 O.D. 21 Glass Fiber/Urethane Foam Resin net with mold resistance Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector Installation and operation manual, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose, Clamps, Screws, Level adjustment screw, Washer Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, includinga deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V 23 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Concealed Floor Standing Type 1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Cooling kW Heating kW Cooling kW Power input (Nominal) Heating kW Casing Material Height mm Dimensions Unit Width mm Depth mm Weight Unit kg Nr of Rows Fin Pitch mm Heat Dimensions Exchanger Face Area m² Nr of Stages Type Fan Quantity High m³/min Air Flow Rate Cooling Low m³/min Quantity Model Fan Motor Output W (high) Drive Refrigerant Name High dBA Sound Cooling Pressure Low dBA Type Liquid (OD) Diameter mm Type Piping connections Gas Diameter mm Diameter mm Drain Heat Insulation Air Filter Refrigerant control Temperature control Safety devices Standard Accessories Nominal Capacity Notes 24 S-20RM3HPS 2.20 2.50 0.049 0.049 S-25RM3HPS 2.80 3.20 0.049 0.049 610 930 220 19 3 1.50 0.159 14 610 930 220 19 3 1.50 0.159 14 1 7.00 6.00 1 D14B20 1 7.00 6.00 1 D14B20 15 15 S-32RM3HPS S-40RM3HPS 3.60 4.50 4.00 5.00 0.090 0.090 0.090 0.090 Galvanised steel 610 610 1070 1070 220 220 23 23 3 3 1.50 1.50 0.200 0.200 14 14 Sirocco fan 1 1 8.00 11.00 6.00 8.50 1 1 2D14B13 2D14B13 25 25 FS-50RM3HPS 5.60 6.30 0.110 0.110 S-63RM3HPS 7.10 8.00 0.110 0.110 610 1350 220 27 3 1.50 0.282 14 610 1350 220 27 3 1.50 0.282 14 1 14.00 11.00 1 2D14B20 1 16.00 12.00 1 2D14B20 35 35 Direct drive R-410A 35.0 32.0 35.0 32.0 35.0 38.0 39.0 40.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 Flare connection 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 9.5 Flare connection 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9 O.D. 21 Glass Fiber/Urethane Foam Resin net with mold resistance Electronic expansion valve Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector Installation and operation manual, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose, Clamps, Screws, Washer, Level adjustment screw Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal) Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal) Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat. Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V Specifications Panasonic Specifications Specifications 25 Specifications 26 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Panasonic Specifications Specifications 27 Specifications 28 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Specifications Panasonic Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................30 1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................30 1.2 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................32 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 29 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1.1 Outdoor Unit U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ Item Compressor Fan motor Functional parts Pressurerelated parts Thermistor Others 30 Name Type Output Crankcase heater (INV) Motor Over-current relay Electronic expansion Cooling valve (Main) Heating Electronic expansion Cooling valve (Subcool) Heating 4 way valve Solenoid valve (Hot gas) Solenoid valve (Unload circuit) Inverter Pressure switch (INV) Pressure sensor (HP) Pressure sensor (LP) For outdoor air For discharge pipe For suction pipe 1 For subcooling heat Main exchanger PCB For suction pipe 2 For heat exchanger For liquid pipe 1 For liquid pipe 2 Fuse (A1P) S1NPH S1NPL R1T R2T R3T Model 5HP 6HP JT1G-VDLYR 2.5kW 3.0kW 3.5kW 33W 0.07kW 3.2A 480pls PI control PI control PI control STF-0404G TEV1620DQ2 TEV1620DQ2 ACB-4UB10 OFF: 4.0+0/-0.15MPa ON: 3.0±0.15MPa PS8051A 0~4.15MPa PS8051A –0.05~1.7MPa 3.5~360kΩ 5.0~640kΩ 3.5~360kΩ A1P X17A A1P X18A A1P X11A A1P X12A 1-2Pin A1P X12A 3-4Pin R4T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X12A 5-6Pin R5T R6T R7T R8T F1U 3.5~360kΩ 3.5~360kΩ 3.5~360kΩ 3.5~360kΩ AC250V 6.3A Time lag fuse A1P X12A 7-8Pin A1P X13A 1-2Pin A1P X13A 3-4Pin A1P X13A 5-6Pin — Symbol M1C E1HC M1F·M2F — Y1E Y3E Y1S Y2S Y3S S1PH 4HP Remark (PCB terminal) Relay A2P X102A A1P X28A — — A1P X21A A1P X22A A1P X25A A1P X26A A1P X27A A1P X32A List of Electrical and Functional Parts Panasonic List of Electrical and Functional Parts U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ Item Compressor Fan motor Functional parts Pressurerelated parts Thermistor Others Name Type Output Crankcase heater (INV) Motor Over-current relay Electronic expansion Cooling valve (Main) Heating Electronic expansion Cooling valve (Subcool) Heating 4 way valve Solenoid valve (Hot gas) Solenoid valve (Unload circuit) Inverter Pressure switch (INV) Pressure sensor (HP) Pressure sensor (LP) For outdoor air For discharge pipe For suction pipe 1 For heat exchanger Main PCB For suction pipe 2 For subcooling heat exchanger For liquid pipe 1 For liquid pipe 2 Fuse (A1P) List of Electrical and Functional Parts S1NPH S1NPL R1T R2T R3T R4T R5T Model 4HP 5HP 6HP JT100G-VDL 2.5kW 3.0kW 3.5kW 33W 0.07kW 3.2A 480pls PI control PI control PI control STF-0404G TEV1620DQ2 TEV1620DQ2 ACB-4UB10 OFF: 4.0+0/-0.15MPa ON: 3.0±0.15MPa PS8051A 0~4.15MPa PS8051A –0.05~1.7MPa 3.5~360kΩ 5.0~640kΩ 3.5~360kΩ 3.5~360kΩ 3.5~360kΩ A1P X17A A1P X18A A1P X11A A1P X12A 1-2Pin A1P X12A 3-4Pin A1P X12A 5-6Pin A1P X12A 7-8Pin R6T 3.5~360kΩ A1P X13A 1-2Pin R7T R8T F1U 3.5~360kΩ 3.5~360kΩ AC250V 6.3A Time lag fuse A1P X13A 3-4Pin A1P X13A 5-6Pin — Symbol M1C E1HC M1F·M2F — Y1E Y3E Y1S Y2S Y3S S1PH Remark (PCB terminal) Relay A1P A1P X28A — — A1P X21A A1P X22A A1P X25A A1P X26A A1P X27A A1P X32A 31 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1.2 Indoor Unit Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20UM4 S-25UM4 S-32UM4 S-40UM4 S-50UM4 S-63UM4 S-80UM4 JPQ JPQ JPQ JPQ JPQ JPQ JPQ Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWU12P M1F Thermal Proctector : OFF : 108±5 (ON : 96±15) Drain Pump M1P AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz) PLD-12230DM Thermal Fuse 145°C Swing Motor M1S MP35HCA[3P007482-1] Stepping Motor DC16V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T In PC board A4P or wired remote controller Thermistor (for Heat Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-5 φ8 L1000 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) Others S-125 UM4 JPQ Remark Option Fan Motor Motors S-100 UM4 JPQ Float Switch S1L FS-0211B Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 Thermal Fuse TFu Transformer T1R — — Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20LM3 S-25LM3 S-32LM3 S-40LM3 S-50LM3 S-63LM3 S-80LM3 HPQ HPQ HPQ HPQ HPQ HPQ HPQ Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-01RWL12P S-120 LM3 HPQ Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Fan Motor M1F 1φ10W 1φ15W Thermal Fuse 152°C Motors 1φ20W 1φ30W — Drain Pump M1P Swing Motor M1S MT8-L[3PA07509-1] AC200~240V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-6 φ4 L1250 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-6 φ8 L1250 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000 20kΩ (25°C) Others 32 Float Switch S1L FS-0211B Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 1φ85W 87°C : ON AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz) PLD-12230DM Thermal Fuse 145°C Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) 1φ50W Thermal protector 135°C : OFF List of Electrical and Functional Parts Panasonic List of Electrical and Functional Parts Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20YM3 HPQ S-25YM3 HPQ S-32YM3 HPQ S-40YM3 HPQ Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-01RWY12P S-50YM3 HPQ Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Fan Motor M1F 1φ55W 4P Thermal Fuse OFF : 130±5 / ON : 80±20 C1 4.0µ F 400VAC Drain Pump M1P AC220-240V (50Hz) PLD-12230DM Thermal Fuse 145°C Swing Motor M1S MP35HCA [3P080801-1] AC200~240V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601A-1 φ4 L250 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-3 φ8 L630 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) R2T ST8602A-3 φ6 L630 20kΩ (25°C) Float Switch S1L FS-0211 Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 Motors Others Capacitor, fan motor Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-25DM3 HPS S-32DM3 HPS S-40DM3 HPS Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWD12P S-63DM3 HPS Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Fan Motor M1F 1φ15W 4P 1φ20W 4P Thermal Fuse 146°C Motors Drain Pump M1P AC 220-240V (50Hz) PLD-12200DM Thermal Fuse 145°C Swing Motor M1S MP35HCA [3P080801-1] AC200~240V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-13 φ4 L630 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-7 φ8 L1600 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-7 φ6 L1600 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) Others Float Switch S1L FS-0211B Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1φ45W 4P Thermal protector 120°C : OFF ON 105°C : 33 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump List of Electrical and Functional Parts Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20NM3 HPQ S-25NM3 HPQ Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWF12P Remark Option AC 200~240V 50/60Hz Motors Fan Motor M1F 1φ10W4P Thermal protector 135°C: OFF, 87°C: ON Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-4 φ4 L=800 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-7 φ8 L=1600 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-6 φ6 L=1250 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) Others 34 Fuse F1U 250V 10A Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 List of Electrical and Functional Parts Panasonic List of Electrical and Functional Parts Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-25 FM3 HPQ S-20 FM3 HPQ S-32 FM3 HPQ S-63 FM3 HPQ S-50 FM3 HPQ S-40 FM3 HPQ Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWF12P S-80 FM3 HPQ S-100 FM3 HPQ S-125 FM3 HPQ Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Fan Motor M1F 1φ50W Motors 1φ65W 1φ125 W 1φ85W Thermal protector 135°C : OFF 87°C : ON Thermal Fuse 152°C Drain Pump M1P AC220-240V (50Hz) PLD-12230DM Thermal Fuse 145°C Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-4 φ4 L800 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-7 φ8 L1600 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-6 φ6 L1250 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) Others 1φ225W Float Switch S1L FS-0211B Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-40EM3 HPS S-50EM3 HPS S-63EM3 HPS S-80EM3 HPS Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWF12P Fan Motor M1F DC280V 140W 8P Drain Pump M1P Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-3 φ L630 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-14 φ8 L1000 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-6 φ8 L1250 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (for Heat Exchanger) Others Float Switch S1L FS-0211B Fuse (A1P) F1U 250V 3.15A Fuse (A2P, A3P) F3U· F4U 250V 6.3A Fuse (A2P) F2U List of Electrical and Functional Parts 250V 5A S-125EM3 HPS Remark DC373V 350W 8P AC220-240V (50/60Hz) PLD-12230DM Thermal protector 145°C Motors S-100EM3 HPS — 35 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump List of Electrical and Functional Parts Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-32TM3 JPR S-63TM3 JPR Wired Remote Controller S-100TM3 JPR CZ-02RT11P Wireless Controller Remark Option CZ-01RWT12P AC 220~240V/220V 50Hz/60Hz Fan Motor M1F 1φ63W 1φ130W Thermal protector 130°C : OFF Motors Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 80°C : ON 3.0µF-400V 9.0µF-400V Swing Motor M1S MT8-L[3P058751-1] AC200~240V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601A-1 φ4 L250 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250 20kΩ (25°C) ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250 20kΩ (25°C) ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (Heat Exchanger) Others Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20KM3 HPR S-25KM3 HPR S-32KM3 HPR S-40KM3 HPR Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-01RWK22P S-50KM3 HPR S-63KM3 HPR Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Fan Motor M1F Motors 1φ40W 1φ43W Thermal protector 130°C : OFF MP24 [3SB40333-1] AC200~240V MSFBC20C21 [3SB40550-1] AC200~240V Swing Motor M1S Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-2 φ4 L400 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-2 φ8 L400 20kΩ (25°C) R2T ST8602-2 φ6 L400 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (for Heat Exchanger) Others 36 80°C : ON Float Switch S1L OPTION Fuse F1U 250V 5A φ5.2 List of Electrical and Functional Parts Panasonic List of Electrical and Functional Parts Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20PM3 HPS S-25PM3 HPS S-32PM3 HPS S-40PM3 HPS Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWF12P S-50PM3 HPS S-63PM3 HPS Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Motors Fan Motor M1F 1φ15W 1φ25W Thermal protector 135°C : OFF Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 1.0µF-400V 0.5µF-400V 1.0µF-400V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-6 φ4 L1250 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-9 φ8 L2500 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (for Heat Exchanger) R2T ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500 20kΩ (25°C) Fuse F1U AC250V 5A Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 Others 1φ35W 120°C : ON 1.5µF-400V 2.0µF-400V S-50PM3 HPS S-63PM3 HPS Model Parts Name Remote Controller Symbol S-20PM3 HPS S-25PM3 HPS S-32PM3 HPS S-40PM3 HPS Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P Wireless Remote Controller CZ-02RWF12P Remark Option AC 220~240V 50Hz Motors Fan Motor M1F 1φ15W 1φ25W Thermal protector 135°C : OFF Capacitor for Fan Motor C1R 1.0µF-400V 0.5µF-400V 1.0µF-400V Thermistor (Suction Air) R1T ST8601-6 φ4 L1250 20kΩ (25°C) (for Heat Thermistors Thermistor Exchanger High Temp.) R3T ST8605-9 φ8 L2500 20kΩ (25°C) Thermistor (for Heat Exchanger) R2T ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500 20kΩ (25°C) Fuse F1U AC250V 5A Transformer T1R TR22H21R8 Others List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1φ35W 120°C : ON 1.5µF-400V 2.0µF-400V 37 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 38 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump List of Electrical and Functional Parts Panasonic Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit 1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................40 1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................40 2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................44 2.1 U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ...................................................................................44 2.2 U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ...................................................................................45 Refrigerant Circuit 39 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Refrigerant Circuit 1. Refrigerant Circuit 1.1 Outdoor Unit U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ No. in refrigerant Symbol system diagram 40 Name Major Function A M1C Inverter compressor (INV) Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using the inverter. 31 steps D M1F M2F Inverter fan Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 8-step rotation speed by using the inverter. E Y1E Electronic expansion valve (Main: EV1) While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of air heat exchanger constant. F Y3E Electronic expansion valve (Subcool: EV3) Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger constant. G Y2S Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling. H Y3S Solenoid valve (Unload circuit SVUL) Used to the unloading operation of compressor. M Y1S Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating. N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure. O S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure. P S1PH HP pressure switch (For INV compressor) In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor operation. T — Pressure regulating valve 1 (Receiver to discharge pipe) This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in transportation or storage. 1 R1T Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta) Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others. 2 R2T Thermistor (INV discharge pipe: Tdi) used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of compressor, and others. 3 R3T Thermistor (Suction pipe1: Ts1) used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree constant in heating operation, and others. 4 R4T Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe: Tsh) Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve. 5 R5T Thermistor (Suction pipe2: Ts2) Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc. 6 R6T Thermistor (Heat exchanger deicer: Tb) Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting operation, and others. 7 R7T Thermistor (Liquid pipe1: Tl1) Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others. 8 R8T Thermistor (Liquid pipe2: Tl2) Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others. Refrigerant Circuit Panasonic F Subcooling heat exchanger A O H T E P M D D N G Refrigerant Circuit C : 3D052628 Refrigerant Circuit 41 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Refrigerant Circuit U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ No. in refrigerant Symbol system diagram Major Function A M1C Inverter compressor (INV) Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using the inverter. 31 steps D M1F M2F Inverter fan Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 8-step rotation speed by using the inverter. E Y1E Electronic expansion valve (Main: EV1) While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of air heat exchanger constant. F Y3E Electronic expansion valve (Subcool: EV3) Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger constant. G Y2S Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling. Y3S Solenoid valve (Unload circuit SVUL) Used to the unloading operation of compressor. Y1S Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating. H M 42 Name N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure. O S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure. P S1PH HP pressure switch (For INV compressor) In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor operation. T — Pressure regulating valve 1 (Receiver to discharge pipe) This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in transportation or storage. 1 R1T Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta) Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others. 2 R2T Thermistor (INV discharge pipe: Tdi) used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of compressor, and others. 3 R3T Thermistor (Suction pipe1: Ts1) used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree constant in heating operation, and others. 4 R4T Thermistor (Heat exchanger deicer: Tb) Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting operation, and others. 5 R5T Thermistor (Suction pipe2: Ts2) Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc. 6 R6T Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe: Tsh) Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve. 7 R7T Thermistor (Liquid pipe1: Tl1) Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others. 8 R8T Thermistor (Liquid pipe2: Tl2) Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others. Refrigerant Circuit Panasonic F Subcooling heat exchanger A O H T E P M D D N G Refrigerant Circuit C : 3D052712 Refrigerant Circuit 43 Functional Parts Layout Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 2. Functional Parts Layout 2.1 U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ Birds-eye view PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) LEAD WIRE S1NPH (CONNECTOR COLOR : RED) (LOW VOLTAGE) THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS PIPE) RXYSQ-PA7Y1B : R4T (CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE) R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1) (MARKING COLOR : RED) SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE Y2S Y1S 4 WAY VALVE LEAD WIRE (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLACK) (HIGH VOLTAGE) (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE) (HIGH VOLTAGE) THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2) R5T S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE) (MARKING COLOR : GREEN) SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE Y3S (CONNECTOR COLOR : PINK) (HIGH VOLTAGE) PRESSURE SWITCH LEAD WIRE S1PH (CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE) THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE) R2T Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE) CRANKCASE HEATER LEAD WIRE E1HC R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 1) (CONNECTOR COLOR : GRAY) (HIGH VOLTAGE) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MARKING COLOR : BLUE) 44 Refrigerant Circuit Panasonic 2.2 Functional Parts Layout U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ Birds-eye view Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLACK) (HIGH VOLTAGE) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) LEAD WIRE (CONNECTOR COLOR : RED) (LOW VOLTAGE) Y1S 4 WAY VALVE LEAD WIRE (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE) (HIGH VOLTAGE) R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1) (MARKING COLOR : RED) R5T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2) (MARKING COLOR : GREEN) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE (CONNECTOR COLOR : PINK) (HIGH VOLTAGE) S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH LEAD WIRE (CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE) R2T THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE) (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE) Y1E ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER LEAD WIRE (CONNECTOR COLOR : GRAY) (HIGH VOLTAGE) (CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE) Y3E ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (MARKING COLOR : BLUE) R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 1) (MARKING COLOR : BLUE) Refrigerant Circuit 45 Functional Parts Layout Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Back view R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING) (MARKING COLOR : WHITE) R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1) (MARKING COLOR : RED) R5T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2) (MARKING COLOR : GREEN) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (MARKING COLOR : YELLOW) R8T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 2) (CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXCHANGER) R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 1) (CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE) (MARKING COLOR : BLUE) 46 Refrigerant Circuit Panasonic Part 5 Function 1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................48 2. Basic Control.........................................................................................49 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 Normal Operation ...................................................................................49 Compressor PI Control...........................................................................50 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................51 Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................52 3. Special Control......................................................................................53 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 Startup Control .......................................................................................53 Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................54 Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................56 Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................57 Restart Standby......................................................................................58 Stopping Operation ................................................................................59 4. Protection Control .................................................................................60 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................60 Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................61 Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................62 Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................63 5. Other Control.........................................................................................64 5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................64 5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................64 6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................65 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 Function Drain Pump Control................................................................................65 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................67 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller...............................................68 Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................70 View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................71 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................72 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................72 47 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Operation Mode 1. Operation Mode Operation in stop mode Indoor unit stop or thermostat OFF Indoor unit thermostat ON Malfunction/Standby Restart standby (Compressor stop) Pressure equalization prior to startup Malfunction/ Standby Indoor unit stop or thermostat OFF Startup control • Cooling startup control • Heating startup control Indoor unit thermostat ON Pump-down residual operation Malfunction/Standby Indoor unit stop or thermostat OFF Normal operation • Compressor PI control • Electronic expansion valve PI control • Protection control Cooling or heating operation Malfunction/ Standby Oil return IN conditions are met. Yes Oil return operation No Defrost IN conditions are met. Yes Defrosting operation No Operation mode change No Yes Note: In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or defrosting operation, pump-down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return operation or defrosting operation. (V3152) 48 Function Panasonic Basic Control 2. Basic Control 2.1 Normal Operation Cooling Operation Actuator Operation Compressor Compressor PI control Outdoor unit fan Four way valve Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) Cooling fan control OFF 480 pls Remarks Used for high pressure protection control, low pressure protection control, discharge pipe temperature protection control, and compressor operating frequency upper limit control with inverter protection control. PI control Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection control. Heating Operation Actuator Operation Compressor Compressor PI control Outdoor unit fan Four way valve Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) STEP 7 or 8 ON PI control Remarks Used for high pressure protection control, low pressure protection control, discharge pipe temperature protection control, and compressor operating frequency upper limit control with inverter protection control. PI control Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection control. ★Heating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24°CDB or more. Function 49 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Basic Control 2.2 Compressor PI Control Compressor PI Control Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance. [Cooling operation] Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to achieve target value (TeS). Te setting (Set in Set-up mode 2) L M (Normal) H (factory setting) 3 6 9 Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature (°C) TeS : Target Te value (Varies depending on Te setting, operating frequency, etc.) [Heating operation] Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to achieve target value (TcS). Tc setting L M (Normal) H (factory setting) 43 46 49 U-4, 5, 6ML5 STn INV(Fullload) INV(Unload) 1 36.0Hz 2 39.0Hz 3 43.0Hz 4 47.0Hz 5 52.0Hz 6 52.0Hz 57.0Hz 7 57.0Hz 64.0Hz 8 62.0Hz 71.0Hz 9 68.0Hz 78.0Hz 10 74.0Hz ∗ 50 STn 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Tc : High pressure equivalent saturation temperature (°C) TcS : Target Tc value (Varies depending on Tc setting, operating frequency, etc.) INV(Fullload) INV(Unload) 80.0Hz 86.0Hz 92.0Hz 98.0Hz 104.0Hz 110.0Hz 116.0Hz 122.0Hz 128.0Hz 134.0Hz STn 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 INV(Fullload) INV(Unload) 140.0Hz 146.0Hz 152.0Hz 158.0Hz 164.0Hz 170.0Hz 175.0Hz 180.0Hz 185.0Hz 190.0Hz 195.0Hz Compressors may operate in a pattern other than those listed in above tables subject to the operating conditions. Selection of full load operation to/from unload operation is made with the unload circuit solenoid valve (Y3S=SVUL). The full load operation is performed with the SVUL set to OFF, while the unload operation is performed with the SVUL set to ON. Function Panasonic 2.3 Basic Control Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control Main Electronic Expansion Valve EV1 Control Carries out the electronic expansion valve (Y1E) PI control to maintain the evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) at constant during heating operation to make maximum use of the outdoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator). SH = Ts1 - Te SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (°C) Ts1 : Suction pipe temperature detected by thermistor R3T (°C) Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature (°C) The optimum initial value of the evaporator outlet superheated degree is 3°C, but varies depending on the discharge pipe superheated degree of inverter compressor. Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve EV3 Control Makes PI control of the electronic expansion valve (Y3E) to keep the superheated degree (SH) of the outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat exchanger. SH = Tsh -Te Function SH : Outlet superheated degree of evaporator (°C) Tsh : Suction pipe temperature detected with the thermistor R4T (°C) Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature (°C) 51 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Basic Control 2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature, this control is used to provide the adequate amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control using outdoor unit fan. Furthermore, when outdoor temperature ≥ 20°C, the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher. When outdoor temperature ≥ 18°C, it will run in Step 5 or higher. When outdoor temperature ≥ 12°C, it will run in Step 1 or higher. Upper limit of fan revolutions: Step 8 Pc<2.75MPa Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value Pc>3.24MPa Upper limit of outdoor unit fan revolutions Step 7 PI control Lapse of 20 sec. PI control Hold the -1 step on +1 step on current step on outdoor unit fan outdoor unit fan outdoor unit fan PI control Lapse of 20 sec. Fan Steps 52 Cooling M1F M2F STEP0 0 rpm 0 rpm STEP1 250 rpm 0 rpm STEP2 400 rpm 0 rpm STEP3 285 rpm 250 rpm STEP4 360 rpm 325 rpm STEP5 445 rpm 410 rpm STEP6 580 rpm 545 rpm STEP7 715 rpm 680 rpm STEP8 850 rpm 815 rpm Function Panasonic Special Control 3. Special Control 3.1 Startup Control This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor. In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way valve, the master and slave units simultaneously start up. 3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation Thermostat ON Startup control Pressure equalization control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload 57 Hz Unload +2 steps/20 sec. (until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved) Outdoor unit fan STEP7 Ta<20°C: OFF Ta≥20°C: STEP4 +1 step/15 sec. (when Pc>2.16MPa) -1 step/15 sec. (when Pc<1.77MPa) Four way valve (20S1) Holds OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions OR A lapse of 10 sec. OR • Pc - Pe<0.3MPa • A lapse of 1 to 5 min. • A lapse of 130 sec. • Pc - Pe>0.39MPa 3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating Operation Thermostat ON Startup control Pressure equalization control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload 57 Hz Unload +2 steps/20 sec. (until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved) Outdoor unit fan From starting ~ 1 min. : STEP 7 1 ~ 3 min. : STEP 3 3 ~ 5 min. : OFF STEP8 STEP8 Four way valve Holds ON ON Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions OR A lapse of 10 sec. OR Function • Pc - Pe<0.3MPa • A lapse of 1 to 5 min. • A lapse of 130 sec. • Pc>2.70MPa • Pc - Pe>0.39MPa 53 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Special Control 3.2 Oil Return Operation In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out from the compressor to the system side. 3.2.1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation [Start conditions] Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling. • Cumulative oil feed rate • Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then every eight hours.) Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads. Outdoor unit actuator Oil return preparation operation Oil return operation Post-oil-return operation Compressor Hz Full load Take the current step as the 52 (→ Low pressure constant upper limit. control) Outdoor unit fan Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling) Four way valve OFF OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 480 pls 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) SH control 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions 20 sec. or Indoor unit actuator Fan Electronic expansion valve 54 • 3 min. • Ts - Te<5°C Same as the “oil return operation” mode. or • 3 min. • Pe<0.6MPa • HTdi>110°C Cooling oil return operation Thermostat ON unit Remote controller setting Stopping unit OFF Thermostat OFF unit Remote controller setting Thermostat ON unit Normal opening Stopping unit 224 pls Thermostat OFF unit Normal opening with forced thermostat ON Function Panasonic Special Control 3.2.2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation [Conditions to start] The heating oil-returning operation is started referring following conditions. Integrated amount of displaced oil Timer (After the power is turned on, integrated operating-time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8 hours.) In addition, integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor load. Outdoor Unit Actuator Compressor Oil return preparation operation Upper limit control Oil return operation Post-oil-return operation 2-step increase from 36 Hz Unload to (Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa) every 20 sec. 140 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) SH control 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions 2 min. or • 12 min. &{• Ts1 - Te<5°C • Tb>11°C or • 160 sec. • Pc - Pe>0.4MPa * From the preparing oil-returning operation to the oil-returning operation, and from the oilreturning operation to the operation after oil-returning, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the four way valve. Indoor unit actuator Fan Electronic expansion valve Function Heating oil return operation Thermostat ON unit OFF Stopping unit OFF Thermostat OFF unit OFF Thermostat ON unit 416 pls Stopping unit 256 pls Thermostat OFF unit 416 pls 55 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Special Control 3.3 Defrosting Operation The defrost operation is performed to solve frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger when heating, and the heating capacity is recovered. [Conditions to start] The defrost operation is started referring following conditions. Outdoor heat exchanger heat transfer co-efficiency Temperature of heat-exchange (Tb) Timer (2 hours at the minimum) In addition, outdoor heat-exchange co-efficiency is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor load. Defrost preparation operation Outdoor unit actuator Defrost operation Post Defrost operation Compressor Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load 2-step increase from 36 Hz Unload to (Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa) every 20 sec. Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) SH control 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF ON ON Ending conditions 2 min. or • 15 min. &{• Tb>11°C • Ts1 - Te<5°C or • 160 sec. • Pc - Pe>0.4MPa * From the preparing operation to the defrost operation, and from the defrost operation to the operation after defrost, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the four way valve. Indoor unit actuator Fan Electronic expansion valve 56 Heating oil return operation Thermostat ON unit OFF Stopping unit OFF Thermostat OFF unit OFF Thermostat ON unit 416 pls Stopping unit 256 pls Thermostat OFF unit 416 pls Function Panasonic 3.4 Special Control Pump-down Residual Operation When activating compressor, if the liquid refrigerant remains in the heat-exchanger, the liquid enters into the compressor and dilutes oil therein resulting in decrease of lubricity. Therefore, the pump-down residual operation is performed to collect the refrigerant in the heatexchanger when the compressor is down. 3.4.1 Pump-down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation Pump-down residual operation Step 1 Pump-down residual operation Step 2 Compressor Actuator 124 Hz Full load 52 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan Fan control Fan control Four way valve OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 480 pls 240 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF OFF Ending conditions 2 sec. 2 sec. 3.4.2 Pump-down Residual Operation in Heating Operation Actuator Pump-down residual operation Compressor 124 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan STEP7 Four way valve ON Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF Ending conditions 4 sec. Function 57 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Special Control 3.5 Restart Standby Restart is stood by force to prevent frequent power-on/off and to equalize pressure in the refrigerant system. Actuator Operation Remarks Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan Ta>30°C: STEP4 Ta≤30°C: OFF Four way valve Keep former condition. Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF Ending conditions 2 min. 58 Function Panasonic 3.6 Special Control Stopping Operation Operation of the actuator when the system is down, is cleared up. 3.6.1 When System is in Stop Mode Actuator Operation Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan OFF Four way valve Keep former condition. Main electronic expansion valve (EV1) 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3) 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve (SVP) OFF Ending conditions Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON. Function 59 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Protection Control 4. Protection Control 4.1 High Pressure Protection Control This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of high pressure. [In cooling operation] Pc>3.47MPa High pressure not limited Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value INV upper limit frequency=Max High pressure limited INV upper limit frequency : 3-step down from current compressor frequency After 10 sec. Pc>3.47MPa Keeping the current step After 15 sec. Pc<3.23MPa INV upper limit frequency : 1-step up from current compressor frequency Pc>3.64MPa When occurring 10 times within 60 minutes, HPS is activated without high pressure standby, thus outputting the malfunction code "E3". High pressure standby [In heating operation] High-pressure drop Pc>3.04MPa High pressure not limited Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value Pc<2.89MPa High pressure limited INV upper limit frequency : 1-step down from current compressor frequency After 10 sec. Pc>3.04MPa Keeping the current step After 60 sec. Pc<2.94MPa INV upper limit frequency : 1-step up from current compressor frequency Pc>3.64MPa High pressure standby 60 When occurring 10 times within 60 minutes, HPS is activated without high pressure standby, thus outputting the malfunction code "E3". Function Panasonic 4.2 Protection Control Low Pressure Protection Control This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient decrease of low pressure. [In cooling operation] Low pressure not limited Pe<0.25MPa Pe: LP pressure sensor detection value Pe>0.39MPa Low pressure limited Hot gas SVP = OFF Pe<0.15MPa Pe>0.30MPa 36Hz Unload Hot gas SVP = ON Pe<0.07MPa Low pressure standby When occurring 3 times within 30 min., the malfunction code "E4" is output. [In heating operation] Pe: LP pressure sensor detection value Pe<0.17MPa Low pressure not limited • Pe>0.09MPa or • Ts-Teg<8deg & • Pe>0.06MPa Low pressure limited INV upper limit frequency : 3-step down from current compressor frequency Pe<0.17MPa After 10 sec. Hot gas SVP = OFF Current step limited After 15 sec. Pe>0.20MPa INV upper limit frequency : 1-step up from current compressor frequency Pe<0.12MPa Pe>0.17MPa Hot gas SVP = ON Pe< 0.07MPa Low pressure standby Function When occurring 3 times within 30 min., the malfunction code "E4" is output. 61 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Protection Control 4.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature. [INV compressor] Discharge pipe protection control not limited or HTdi>115˚C Tp>135˚C INV upper limit frequency: 1-step down from current compressor frequency & HTdi<100˚C Tp<110˚C HTdi :Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature (Tdi) compensated with outdoor air temperature Tp : Value of compressor port temperature calculated by Tc and Te, and suction superheated degree. After 30 sec. or HTdi>115˚C Tp>135˚C & HTdi>130˚C HTdi>120˚C or for 90 sec. or more. In discharge pipe temp. protection control INV upper limit frequency: 1-step up from current compressor frequency After 20 sec. 36 Hz Unload or HTdi>135˚C HTdi>120˚C for 10 min. or more. Discharge pipe temperature standby 62 HTdi<110˚C Tp<125˚C When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes, the malfunction code “F3” is output. Function Panasonic 4.4 Protection Control Inverter Protection Control Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent tripping due to a malfunction, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase. [Inverter overcurrent protection control] Not limited & Inverter current >12A •Inverter current ≤ 12A •INV upper limit frequency=max Hz Limited INV upper limit frequency: 1-step down from current compressor frequency •10 sec. & •Matching of frequency Inverter current >12A Status quo Inverter current ≤ 12A continues for 3 min. Without conditions INV upper limit frequency: 1-step up from current compressor frequency Inverter current ≥ 13.1A continues for 260 sec. Inverter current standby • When occurring 4 times within 60 min., the malfunction code "L8 " is output. [Inverter fin temperature control] Not limited •Tfin<76 ˚C & •INV upper limit frequency=max Hz Tfin≥79˚C Limited INV upper limit frequency: 1-step down from current compressor frequency & Tfin≥79˚C •10 sec. •Macthing of frequency Status quo Tfin≤76˚C continues for 3 min. Without conditions INV upper limit frequency: 1-step up from current compressor frequency Tfin≥84˚C Fin temp. standby Function • When occurring 4 times within 60 min., the malfunction code "L4" is output. 63 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Other Control 5. Other Control 5.1 Demand Operation In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control forcibly by using “Demand 1 Setting”. To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of “Continuous Demand Setting”. [Demand 1 setting] Setting Demand 1 setting 1 Demand 1 setting 2 (factory setting) Demand 1 setting 3 Standard for upper limit of power consumption Approx. 60% Approx. 70% Approx. 80% ★ Other protection control functions have precedence over the above operation. 5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition Heating operation is prohibited above 24°CDB outdoor air temperature. 64 Function Panasonic Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) 6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) 6.1 Drain Pump Control 1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure below). 6.1.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is ON: ∗ 1. The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of the indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation. 6.1.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is OFF: Function 65 Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 6.1.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation: During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5 seconds stop, 5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset. 6.1.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Displayed on the Remote Controller: Note: 66 If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to have occurred. “AF” is then displayed as operation continues. Function Panasonic 6.2 Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.) Existing position P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 Ceiling soiling prevention position Standard Setting position Draft prevention position (Not for Multi flow type) P0 P0 P1 P1 P3 P4 P4 P4' P0 P1 P2 P2 P0' P1' P2' P2 Draft prevention position P0 P4 P3' P3 P4 P0'' P1'' P2'' P4'' P3'' Same as existing position Range of direction adjustment Standard position Prohibited P0' P1' P2' P3' P4' Separated into 5 positions (P1 - 4) Range of direction adjustment Dirt prevention position Prohibited The factory set position is standard position. Function P0'' P1'' P2'' P3'' P4'' Separated into 5 positions (P2 - 4) (VL012) 67 Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) 6.3 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote controller and air suction thermostat in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat sensor in remote controller is set to “Use.” ) Cooling If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature, fine adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor, or using the sensor in the remote controller near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset temperature. Ex: When cooling Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction temperature has changed from 18°C to 30°C (A → F): (This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the UM system is off, and that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.) Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A → C). Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C (C → E). Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E → F). And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F → A): Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F → D). Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C (D → B). Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B → A). 68 Function Panasonic Heating Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower near the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the preset temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the occupants are doesn’t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote controller can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature. Ex: When heating Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction temperature has changed from 18°C to 28°C (A → D): (This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the UM system is off, and that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.) Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A → C). Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C (C → D). And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D → A): Remote controller thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C (D → B). Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B → A). Function 69 Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) 6.4 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Freeze Prevention Freeze Prevention by Off Cycle (Indoor Unit) When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below. Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is –1°C or less for total of 40 min., or temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min. Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7°C or more for 10 min. continuously Ex: Case where temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min. 70 Function Panasonic 6.5 Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) View of Operations of Swing Flaps Swing flaps work as following. Swinging Setting the wind direction Swinging Setting the wind direction Swinging Setting the wind direction Swinging OFF OFF OFF OFF LL LL LL Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Flap control LM3 DM3 TM3 Level Level Level Level Level Level Level Setting the wind direction LL Level Level Level Swinging Setting the wind direction Swinging OFF OFF L*1 Level Level Swinging Level Level Swinging Level Level Swinging Setting the wind direction L*1 Set up Set up Set up OFF or L Set up Set up OFF OFF L Swinging Swinging Swinging Set up Set up Set up Swinging Set up Level Set up Swinging Swinging Set up Level Level Swinging Swinging Set up Level Level Swinging L Set up Set up Set up Fan Hot-start from defrosting Heating Defrosting Thermostat is off Hot-start from the state that the thermostat is off Halt Cooling Thermostat of microcomputer-dry is on Thermostat of microcomputer-dry is off Swinging Cooling thermostat is off Swinging Setting the wind direction Swinging Setting the wind direction Swinging Halt Setting the wind direction Microcomputer is controlled (including Setting the wind direction the cooling state) UM4 KM3 Level Level Level Level Level Level Level * 1. Only in UM4 case, L or LL. Function 71 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) 6.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Control • Electronic expansion Valve Control In cooling, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator), operate the electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) will become constant. In heating, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (condenser), operate the electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree (Condenser outlet subcooled degree) will become constant. Cooling SH=TH2-TH1 SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (Heating SC=TC-TH1) TH1: Temperature (°C) detected with the liquid thermistor TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor SC : Condenser outlet subcooled degree TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature Furthermore, the default value of the optimal evaporator outlet superheated degree (condenser outlet subcooled degree) is 5 deg. However, this default value varies with the operating performance. 6.7 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only) At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the indoor unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity. [Detail of operation] When either the start condition 1 or the start condition 2 is established, the operations shown below will be conducted. Defrost ending or oil return ending or Thermostat ON Hot start control Hot start ending conditions · lapse of 3 minutes OR · [TH2]>34˚C · "Tc">52˚C Hot start in progress Normal control Fan H/L remote controller setting LL Louver OFF Remote controller setting The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF Normal control Po (Horizontal) TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature 72 Function Panasonic Part 6 Test Operation 1. Test Operation ......................................................................................74 1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................74 1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................85 2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................86 3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................87 3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller .....................................................87 3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................104 Test Operation 73 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation 1. Test Operation 1.1 Procedure and Outline Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation. 1.1.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On Check the below items. 2Power wiring 2Control transmission wiring between units 2Earth wire Check on refrigerant piping Check on amount of refrigerant charge { Is the power supply three-phase 380-415V / 50Hz? { Have you finished a ductwork to drain? { Have you detach transport fitting? { Is the wiring performed as specified? { Are the designated wires used? { Is the grounding work completed? Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation. 2 Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 380-415V circuit. { Are the setscrews of wiring not loose? { Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover completely? { Is pipe size proper? (The design pressure of this product is 4.0MPa.) { Are pipe insulation materials installed securely? Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes water leak.) { Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open? { Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount? If insufficient, charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning power on. { Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on “Record Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount”? (V3180) 1.1.2 Turn Power On Turn outdoor unit power on. ¡ Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect compressors. ¡ Close outside panels of the outdoor unit. Turn indoor unit power on. Carry out field setting on outdoor PC board (V3056) 74 Test Operation Panasonic Test Operation 1.1.3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying Air tight test: Make sure to use nitrogen gas. Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4.0 MPa (40 bar) (do not pressurize more than 4.0 MPa (40 bar)). If the pressure does not drop within 24 hours, the system passes the test. If the pressure drops, check where the nitrogen leaks from. Vacuum drying: Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to –100.7 kPa (5 Torr, –755 mm Hg) 1. Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2 hours and bring the system to –100.7 kPa. After keeping the system under that condition for more than 1 hour, check if the vacuum gauge rises or not. If it rises, the system may either contain moisture inside or have leaks. 2. Following should be executed if there is a possibility of moisture remaining inside the pipe (if piping work is carried out during the raining season or over a long period of time, rainwater may enter the pipe during work). After evacuating the system for 2 hours, pressurize the system to 0.05 MPa (vacuum break) with nitrogen gas and evacuate the system again using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to –100.7 kPa (vacuum drying). If the system cannot be evacuated to –100.7 kPa within 2 hours, repeat the operation of vacuum break and vacuum drying. Then, after leaving the system in vacuum for 1 hour, confirm that the vacuum gauge does not rise. 1.1.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed. Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum drying (see above). When charging a system, care shall be taken that its maximum permissible charge is never exceeded, in view of the danger of liquid hammer. Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents, so always ensure that the appropriate refrigerant (R-410A) is charged. Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly. Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant. When performing service on the unit requiring the refrigerant system to be opened, refrigerant must be evacuated according to local regulations. Do not use the automatic refrigerant charging function while working on the indoor units. When using the automatic refrigerant charging function, the indoor units operate automatically as well as the outdoor unit. When the power is on, please close the front panel when leaving the unit. Outdoor unit Gas line stop valve Liquid line stop valve Pressure reducing valve Siphon system Stop valve service port Indoor unit Indoor unit Valve A Tank Nitrogen Measuring instrument Vacuum pomp Charge hose Fig. 6 Test Operation 75 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation To avoid compressor breakdown. Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified amount. This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe lengths some systems require additional charging of refrigerant. See "How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged" on page 249. In case re-charge is required, refer to the nameplate of the unit. The nameplate states the type of refrigerant and necessary amount. Precautions when adding R-410A Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state to the liquid pipe. Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant, adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation. Before charging, check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or not. Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in upright position. Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in up-side-down position. 1.1.4.1 Important information regarding the refrigerant used This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol. Do not vent gases into the atmosphere. Refrigerant type: R-410A GWP(1) value: 1975 (1) GWP = global warming potential Please fill in with indelible ink, the factory refrigerant charge of the product, the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field and + the total refrigerant charge on the refrigerant charge label supplied with the product. The filled out label must be adhered in the proximity of the product charging port (e.g. onto the inside of the service cover). Contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol factory refrigerant charge of the product: see unit name plate additional refrigerant amount charged in the field total refrigerant charge outdoor unit refrigerant cylinder and manifold for charging 76 Test Operation Panasonic Test Operation 1.1.4.2 Procedures for adding refrigerant Procedure 1: Adding refrigerant by using the automatic refrigerant charging function (recommended) How to connect the tank? Liquid line stop valve Gas line stop valve Service port for V1 adding refrigerant Valve A Liquid line stop valve Gas line stop valve Y1 Pipe fixing plate Valve A Service port for adding refrigerant R-410A tank R-410A tank Measuring instrument Measuring instrument To indoor unit To indoor unit When the refrigerant tank is connected and the specified operation is performed, the appropriate amount of refrigerant will be charged into the system. After charging, the system will stop automatically. The refrigerant must be charged according to the procedure described below. Caution Make sure to turn ON the power 6 hours before starting the operation. This is necessary to warm the crankcase by the electric heater. Automatic charging is able to charge 6 kg/hour refrigerant at an outside temperature of 0°C to 24 kg/hour refrigerant at an outside temperature of 35°C. The charging time depends on the amount of charged refrigerant and on the outside temperature. Automatic refrigerant charging is NOT possible if the following restrictions are exceeded: Outside temperature: 0°C DB~43°C DB Indoor temperature: 0°C DB~32°C DB Indoor unit connection capacity: 50%~130% Automatic refrigerant charging procedure 1. Open the liquid and gas side stop valves completely. Note that valve A must be closed! 2. Turn on the power of the outdoor unit and indoor units. Note When an indoor unit is connected to the refrigerant system and the indoor unit is turned off, automatic charging will fail. DEMAND L.N.O.P. SLAVE MASTER IND TEST/HWL MODE 3. Make sure that the led on the PCB on the outdoor unit are as shown in the table below. This indicates that the system is operating normally. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P h Test Operation h i h h h h 77 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation Led state Throughout the manual the state of the leds is indicated as follows: h OFF i ON j blinking * ON or OFF If H2P is lit up, check the type of error based on the error code in the remote controller and correct the error in accordance with “1.1.5 Check Operation” on page 82. 4. Automatically charge the refrigerant according to the procedure described below. Warning Do not touch anything else than the push-buttons (BS1~5) on the PCB when making the settings. These settings must be done with the power on 4.1 Press BS4 TEST once. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i i i i i i i 4.2 Press BS4 TEST for 5 seconds. The unit will start running. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P h j h h h * * If the led display below appears, the automatic refrigerant charging restriction has been exceeded. Additional refrigerant must be charged by calculating the additional refrigerant charging amount. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i j j j i h h Description of error Inappropriate outdoor temperature or H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i j j j h i h Description of error Inappropriate indoor temperature If the led display below appears, check the indoor unit connection capacity. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i j j j j h i Description of error Inappropriate indoor unit connection capacity If the led display below appears, the liquid and gas side stop valves may be closed. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i Note h * * * * * Description of error Stop valve is closed If you want to repeat the automatic refrigerant charging operation from step 4.1, fully open the liquid and gas side stop valves and press the BS1 MODE button once. 4.3 When the led indication becomes as shown in the table below in about 15 to 30 minutes after start of operation, open valve A at once to start charging of the refrigerant. Immediately after starting charging of the refrigerant by opening valve A, press BS4 TEST once. When BS4 TEST is not pressed within 10 minutes after the led indication is shown, charging is stopped. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P j 78 j j h i h i Code on remote controller PA Test Operation Panasonic Test Operation 4.4 The led indication becomes as shown in the table below during automatic refrigerant charging. During automatic refrigerant charging, the remote controller indicates TEST (test operation) and (external control). H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i Note j * * * * * If the led display below appears, the refrigerant tank is empty. Replace the refrigerant tank, open valve A and re-charge. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P Code on remote controller i j j h h i h PA The led indication becomes as shown in the table below when automatic refrigerant charging is about to end. Prepare to close the valve on the refrigerant tank. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P j Note j j i i i Code on remote controller i PE It is possible that the code PE is not shown on the remote controller but this does not indicate a malfunction. The led indication can immediately shift to the situation as shown in "Case 1: Charging complete" on page 79. 4.5 When the led indication becomes as shown in the table below, quickly close valve A and follow instructions as described below. Caution When adding refrigerant is done or when pausing, close the valve on the refrigerant tank immediately. More refrigerant might be charged by any remaining pressure after the machine is stopped. The outdoor fan may keep rotating a little bit more, but this does not indicate a malfunction. Case 1: Charging complete H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i j j i i i Code on remote controller i P9 Charging of the refrigerant is complete. Press BS1 MODE button once and go to step 5. Case 2: Recharging operation H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i j j h i i Code on remote controller i P8 Press BS1 MODE button once and perform automatic refrigerant charging again starting from Step 4.1. Case 3: Charging interrupted H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P i j j h h h Code on remote controller i P2 Something is preventing normal operation: Is the gas side stop valve completely open? Are the valve on the refrigerant tank and valve A open? Check if the BS4 TEST button was pressed within 10 minutes after the valves were opened. Is the indoor unit air intake vent or outlet vent blocked? After correcting the problem, press BS1 MODE button once and perform automatic refrigerant charging again starting from step 4.1. Test Operation 79 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation Case 4: Failure H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P h i i h h h h Error code on remote controller See footnote(*) (*) An error in the system interrupted the operation of the unit. Check the error by using the error code displayed on the remote controller. For an explanation of the error codes, see "Error codes on the remote controller" on page 75 and solve the problem. After correcting the problem, press BS1 MODE button once and perform automatic refrigerant charging again starting from step 4.1. 5. When charging is complete, determine the weight of refrigerant that was added and fill in the amount in the "Additional refrigerant charge label" attached to service precautions plate on the unit. 6. After adding the refrigerant, do not forget to close the lid of the service port. The tightening torque for the lid is 11.5~13.9 N•m. Service port for adding refrigerant 1 V1 Y1 Liquid line stop valve Pipe fixing plate Gas line stop valve Gas line stop valve Liquid line stop valve Procedure 2: Charging while the outdoor unit is at a standstill See figure 6 on page 75. 1. Determine the weight of refrigerant to be charged additionally referring to the item "Additional refrigerant charge" in "How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged" on page 249 and fill in the amount in the "Additional refrigerant charge label" attached to the unit. 2. After the vacuum drying is finished, open valve A and charge the additional refrigerant in its liquid state through the service port on the liquid stop valve taking into account following instructions: - Turn on the power of the outdoor unit and indoor units. - Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed. - Stop the compressor and charge the specified weight of refrigerant. 80 Test Operation Panasonic Test Operation To avoid compressor breakdown. Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified amount. If the total refrigerant cannot be charged while the outdoor unit is at a standstill, it is possible to charge the refrigerant by operating the outdoor unit using the refrigerant charge function (refer to “Setting mode 2” on page 108) and follow "Procedure 3: Charging while the outdoor unit is operating" on page 81. Procedure 3: Charging while the outdoor unit is operating See the figure in "How to connect the tank?" on page 77. 1. Completely open the gas side stop valve and liquid side stop valve. Valve A must be left fully closed. 2. Close the front panel and turn on the power to all indoor units and the outdoor unit. 3. Open valve A immediately after starting of the compressor. 4. Charge the additional refrigerant in its liquid state through the service port of the liquid line stop valve. 5. While the unit is at a standstill and under setting mode 2 (refer to Checks before initial startup, "Setting mode 2" on page 108), set the required function A (additional refrigerant charging operation) to ON (ON). Then operation starts. The blinking H2P led indicates test operation and the remote controller indicates TEST (test operation) and (external control). 6. When the specified amount of refrigerant is charged, push the BS3 RETURN button. Then operation stops. The operation automatically stops within 30 minutes. If the refrigerant charge cannot be finished within 30 minutes, repeat step 5. If the operation stops immediately after restart, there is a possibility that the system is overcharged. The refrigerant cannot be charged more than this amount. 7. After the refrigerant charge hose is removed, make sure to close valve A. Test Operation 81 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation 1.1.5 Check Operation * During check operation, mount front panel to avoid the misjudging. * Check operation is mandatory for normal unit operation. (When the check operation is not executed, alarm code "U3" will be displayed.) Set to setting mode 1 (H1P led is off) (refer to "Setting mode 1" on page 107.) Press and hold the TEST OPERATION button (BS4) on outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds. Check on operation { The test operation is started automatically. The following judgements are conducted within 15 minutes(about 30 at the maximum). minutes 2“Check for wrong wiring” 2“Check stop valve for not open” 2“Check of refrigerant charge” 2“Pipe length automatic judgement” The following indications are conducted while in test operation. 2LED lamp on outdoor unit PC board H2P flickers (test operation) 2Remote controller Indicates “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” on upper right. Indicates “TEST OPERATION” on lower left. (V3057) On completion of test operation, LED on outdoor unit PC board displays the following. H3P ON: Normal completion H2P ON: Abnormal completion →Check the indoor unit remote controller for abnormal display and correct it. 82 Test Operation Panasonic Test Operation Malfunction code In case of an alarm code displayed on remote controller: Malfunction code Nonconformity during installation The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left closed. Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve. Refrigerant overcharge. Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine. The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left closed. Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve. E3 E4 Insufficient refrigerant. Refrigerant overcharge. F3 F6 U1 U2 U3 U4 UA UF UH Test Operation Remedial action The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left closed. Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished correctly. Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant. Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine. Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve. Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished correctly. Insufficient refrigerant. Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant. Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping Refrigerant overcharge length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine. Power supply cables are connected in the Connect the power supply cables in normal phase. Change any reverse phase instead of the normal phase. two of the three power supply cables (L1, L2, L3) to correct phase. Insufficient supply voltage Check to see if the supply voltage is supplied properly. If a check operation has not been Perform a check operation. performed. No power is supplied to an outdoor unit. Turn the power on for the outdoor unit. Check the indoor unit. If it is not a dedicated unit, replace the If no dedicated indoor unit is being used. indoor unit. The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve. closed. If the right indoor unit piping and wiring are Make sure that the right indoor unit piping and wiring are properly not properly connected to the outdoor unit. connected to the outdoor unit. If the interunit wiring has not be connected Make sure the interunit wiring is correctly attached to terminals or it has shorted. (X2M) F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) on the outdoor unit circuit board. 83 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation 1.1.6 Confirmation on Normal Operation • • • • • 84 Conduct normal unit operation after the check operation has been completed. (When outdoor air temperature is 24°CDB or higher, the unit can not be operated with heating mode. See the installation manual attached.) Confirm that the indoor/outdoor units can be operated normally. (When an abnormal noise due to liquid compression by the compressor can be heard, stop the unit immediately, and turn on the crankcase heater to heat up it sufficiently, then start operation again.) Operate indoor unit one by one to check that the corresponding outdoor unit operates. Confirm that the indoor unit discharges cold air (or warm air). Operate the air direction control button and flow rate control button to check the function of the devices. Test Operation Panasonic 1.2 Test Operation Operation when Power is Turned On 1.2.1 When Turning On Power First Time The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.). Status Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P .... Blinks Can also be set during operation described above. Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH” malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.) 1.2.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent Tap the RESET(BS5) button on the outdoor unit PC board. Operation becomes possible for about 2 minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to automatically set master power. Status Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P .... Blinks Can also be set during operation described above. Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.) 1.2.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or Outdoor Unit PC Board has been Changed Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.) Status Test Operation Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P .... ON Can also be set during operation described above. Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH” or “U4” malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.) 85 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout 2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ A1P A2P X1M X2M U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ A3P A2P A4P X2M X1M 86 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3. Field Setting 3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the following description. Wrong setting may cause malfunction. (When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.) 3.1.1 Wired Remote Controller CZ-02RT11P UNIT NO. MODE NO. SECOND CODE NO. . FIRST CODE NO. . FIELD SET MODE UNIT NO. SETTING 3 4 . 1 7 TEST 6 5 2 (V0292) 1. When in the normal mode, press the “ ” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the FIELD SET MODE is entered. 2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “ ” button (). 3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22 and 23 have been selected), push the “ ” button () and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.) 4. Push the “ ” upper button () and select FIRST CODE NO. 5. Push the “ ” lower button () and select the SECOND CODE NO. 6. Push the “ ” button () once and the present settings are SET. 7. Push the “ ” button () to return to the NORMAL MODE. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION, HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10” FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”. Test Operation 87 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting CZ-01RT11P UNIT NO. FIRST CODE NO. SECOND CODE NO. 4 3 MODE NO. UNIT No. FIELD SET MODE GROUP SETTING 1 7 6 5 2 If optional accessories are mounted on the indoor unit, the indoor unit setting may have to be changed. Refer to the instruction manual for each optional accessory. 1. When in the normal mode, press the “ ” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the FIELD SET MODE is entered. 2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “ ” button. 3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 21, 22 and 23 have been selected), push the “ ” button and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.) 4. Push the “ ” upper button and select FIRST CODE NO. 5. Push the “ ” lower button and select the SECOND CODE NO. 6. Push the “ ” button once and the present settings are SET. 7. Push the “ ” button to return to the NORMAL MODE. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean the air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”. Notes : 88 1. Setting is carried out in the group mode, however, if the mode number inside the parentheses is selected, indoor units can also be set individually. 2. The SECOND CODE number is set to “01” when shipped from the factory. 3. Do not make any settings not given in the table. 4. Not displayed if the indoor unit is not equipped with that function. 5. When returning to the normal mode, “88” may be displayed in the LCD in order for the remote controller to initialize itself. 6. It is not possible to change field settings on the remote controller that is set to “sub”. Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.1.2 Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit CZ-02RW type CZ-01RW type 1. When in the normal mode, push the “ ” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters the “field set mode.” 2. Select the desired “mode No.” with the “ ” button. 3. Pushing the “ ” button, select the first code No. 4. Pushing the “ ” button, select the second code No. 5. Push the timer “ ” button and check the settings. 6. Push the “ ” button to return to the normal mode. (Example) When setting the filter sign time to “Filter Dirtiness-High” in all group unit setting, set the Mode No. to “10”, Mode setting No. to “0” and setting position No. to “02”. Test Operation 89 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting 3.1.3 Simplified Remote Controller CZ-02RE12P, CZ-03RE12P 1. Remove the upper part of remote controller. 2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set), and the FIELD SET MODE is entered. 3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting ▲) and the [BS3] BUTTON () (temperature setting ▼). 4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been selected), push the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.) 5. Push the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO. 6. Push the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO. 7. Push the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET. 8. Push the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set) to return to the NORMAL MODE. 9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”. 90 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. – UM Indoor unit Mode Setting Switch No. Note 2 No. 0 10 (20) 11 (21) UM system indoor unit settings 12 (22) 13 (23) 15 (25) Filter contamination heavy/light (Setting for display time to clean air filter) (Sets display time to clean air filter to half when there is heavy filter contamination.) 01 Super long life filter Long life filter 02 Approx. 10,000 hrs. Approx. 2,500 hrs. Light Standard filter 03 04 Details No. — — (1) Approx. 5,000 hrs. Approx. 1,250 hrs. Heavy Approx. 200 hrs. Approx. 100 hrs. Long life filter Super long life filter — — (2) Use No use — — (3) Display No display — — (4) OFF Completion of airflow adjustment Start of airflow adjustment — (5) Indoor unit turned ON by thermostat — Operation output Malfunction output (6) Forced OFF ON/OFF control External protection device input — (7) Thermostat differential changeover (Set when remote sensor is to be used.) 1°C 0.5°C — — (8) 3 OFF by thermostat fan speed LL Set fan speed — — (9) 4 Automatic mode differential (automatic temperature differential setting for UM system heat recovery series cool/heat) 01:0 5 Power failure automatic reset Not equipped Equipped — — (11) 6 Airflow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF LL air flow Preset air flow — — (12) 0 High air outlet velocity (Set when installed in place with ceiling higher than 2.7 m.) N H S — (13) 1 Selection of air flow direction (Set when a blocking pad kit has been installed.) F (4 directions) T (3 directions) W (2 directions) — (14) 3 Air flow direction adjustment (Set at installation of decoration panel.) Equipped Not equipped — — (15) 4 Field set air flow position setting Draft prevention Standard Ceiling Soiling prevention — (16) 5 Setting of the Static Pressure Selection Standard High static pressure — — (17) 6 External Static Pressure Settings 1 Thermostat OFF excess humidity Not equipped Equipped — — (19) 2 Direct duct connection (when the indoor unit and heat reclaim ventilation unit are connected by duct directly.) ∗Note 6 Not equipped Equipped — — (20) 3 Drain pump humidifier interlock selection Not equipped Equipped — — (21) 5 Field set selection for individual ventilation setting by remote controller Not equipped Equipped — — (22) 1 Long life filter type 2 Thermostat sensor in remote controller 3 Display time to clean air filter calculation (Set when filter sign is not to be displayed.) 7 Airflow adjustment 0 Optional accessories output selection (field selection of output for adaptor for wiring) 1 ON/OFF input from outside (Set when ON/ OFF is to be controlled from outside.) 2 Notes : Test Operation Second Code No.(Note 3) Setting Contents 01:30 02:1 02:50 03:2 03:60 04:3 04:70 05:4 06:5 05:80 06:90 07:6 08:7 07:100 08:110 09:120 10:130 11:140 12:150 13:160 14:180 15:200 *7 (10) (18) 1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No. inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses. 2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so they cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked. 3. Marked are factory set. 4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions the indoor unit is not equipped with. 5. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the normal mode. 6. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual operation by linking to indoor unit. 7. • The S-50·63·80·100·125EM3HPS cannot be set to 30Pa. • The S-40EM3HPS cannot be set to 180 or 200Pa. 91 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting 3.1.5 Applicable Range of Field Setting Ceiling mounted cassette Roundflow 4-way blow 2-way blow Corner type Concealed Concealed Concealed Ceiling ceiling unit ceiling unit ceiling unit suspended (small) (large) unit Wall mounted unit Floor standing unit Concealed floor standing unit UM4 YM3 LM3 DM3 NM3 FM3 EM3 TM3 KM3 PM3 RM3 Filter sign { { { { { { { { { { { Ultra long life filter sign { { { — — — — — — — — Remote controller thermostat sensor { { { { { { { { { { { Set fan speed when thermostat OFF { { { { { { { { { { { Air flow adjustment Ceiling height { — — — — — — { — — — Air flow direction { { — — — — — — — — — Air flow direction adjustment (Down flow operation) — — — { — — — — — — — Air flow direction adjustment range { { { { — — — — — — — Field set fan speed selection { — — — — — — { — — — Discharge air temp. (Cooling) — — — — — — — — — — — Discharge air temp. (Heating) — — — — — — — — — — — 92 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes (1) Filter Sign Setting If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below. Set Time Filter Specs. Setting Contamination Light Contamination Heavy Standard Long Life Ultra Long Life Filter 200 hrs. 100 hrs. 2,500 hrs. 1,250 hrs. 10,000 hrs. 5,000 hrs. (2) Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting When a Ultra-long-life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed. Setting Table Mode No. Setting Switch No. 10 (20) 1 Setting Position No. 01 02 03 Setting Long-Life Filter Ultra-Long-Life Filter (1) — (3) Selection of Thermistor Select the thermistor to control room temperature. Mode No. First Code No. 10 (20) 2 Second Code No. Thermistor that controls room temperature Indoor air thermistor for remote controller 01 and suction air thermistor for indoor unit 02 Suction air thermistor for indoor unit 03 Thermistor for remote controller The factory setting for the Second Code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the indoor unit suction air thermistor and remote controller thermistor. When the Second Code No. is set to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air thermistor. When the Second Code No. is set to "03", room temperature is controlled by the remote controller thermistor. (4) "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected. Test Operation Mode No. First Code No. 10 (20) 3 Second Code No. 01 02 "Filter Cleaning" display Display No display 93 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting (5) Airflow Adjustment (AUTO) External Static Pressure Settings Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as explained below. (a) Use the airflow auto adjustment function to make settings. Airflow auto adjustment: The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity. (b) Select External Static Pressure with Remote Controller Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the “SECOND CODE NO.” in “MODE NO. 21” for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit basis in Table 4. The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 01 (OFF) at factory set. Change the “SECOND CODE NO.” as shown in Table according to the external static pressure of the duct to be connected. Mode No. First Code No. 11 (21) 7 Second Code No. Airflow adjustment 01 OFF 02 Completion of airflow adjustment 03 Start of airflow adjustment (6) Optional Output Switching Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided. Output signal is output between terminals K1 and K2 of "customized wiring adapter," an optional accessory. Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. 01 12 (22) 03 0 04 Remarks Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is provided. Output linked with "Start/Stop" of remote controller is provided. In case of "Malfunction Display" appears on the remote controller, output is provided. (7) External ON/OFF input This input is used for "ON / OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The input is performed from the T1-T1 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric component box. F2 T1 T2 Forced stop Input A Setting Table Mode No. Setting Switch No. Setting Position No. 01 12 (22) 1 02 03 94 Operation by input of the signal A ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote controller) OFF: Permission of using the remote controller OFF → ON: Permission of operation ON → OFF: Stop ON: Operation OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9". Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting (8) Thermostat Switching Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed. Mode No. First Code No. 12(22) 2 Second Code No. 01 02 Differential value 1ºC 0.5ºC (9) Air Flow Setting When Heating Thermostat is OFF This setting is used to set air flow when heating thermostat is OFF. ∗ When thermostat OFF air flow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required before deciding installation location. During heating operation, this setting takes precedence over "(7) Fan Stop When Thermostat is OFF." Mode No. First Code No. 12 (22) 3 Second Code No. 01 02 Contents LL air flow Preset air flow (10) Setting of operation mode to "AUTO" This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic operation mode. Mode No. Setting switch No. 12 (22) 4 01 0°C 02 1°C Setting position No. 03 04 05 06 2°C 3°C 4°C 5°C 07 6°C 08 7°C The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector" button. (11) Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air conditioners with the setting, the units may start automatically after power failure reset or the main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation condition as that of before power failure). For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power failure reset”, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation. Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be surprised (with question for the reason why). 2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates). (12) Air Flow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF This is used to set air flow to "LL air flow" when cooling thermostat is OFF. Test Operation Mode No. First Code No. 12 (22) 6 Second Code No. 01 02 Contents LL air flow Preset air flow 95 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting (13) Setting of Normal Air Flow Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The setting position No. is set to “01” at the factory. In the Case of KM3 Mode No. Setting Switch No. 13(23) 0 Setting Position Setting No. 01 Wall-mounted type: Standard 02 Wall-mounted type: Slight increase 03 Wall-mounted type: Normal increase In the Case of TM3 Mode No. First code No. 13(23) 0 Second code No. 01 02 Ceiling height (m) 2.7 or less 2.7-3.5 In the Case of 20~80UM4 (All round outlet) Mode No. First Second code code No. No. 01 13 (23) 0 02 03 Setting Ceiling height (m) Standard • All round outlet High Ceiling (1) Higher Ceiling (2) ≤2.7 2.7-3 3-3.5 In the Case of 100~125UM4 (All round outlet) Mode No. First Second code code No. No. 01 13 (23) 0 02 03 Setting Ceiling height (m) Standard • All round outlet High Ceiling (1) Higher Ceiling (2) ≤3.2 3.2-3.6 3.6-4.2 In the Case of 20~80UM4 (*24-Way, 3-Way, 2-Way Outlets) Mode No. 13 (23) First Second Ceiling height code code Setting 4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets No. No. 01 Standard (N) Lower than 3.1 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m 0 02 High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.4 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m 03 Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 3.5 m — In the Case of 100~125UM4 (*24-Way, 3-Way, 2-Way Outlets) Mode No. 13 (23) First Second Ceiling height code code Setting 4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets No. No. 01 Standard (N) Lower than 3.4 m Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.2 m 0 02 High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.9 m Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 4.2 m 03 Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.5 m Lower than 4.2 m — *1 “Mode No.” setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an individual unit, set the internal mode number in parentheses. *2 The figure of the ceiling height is for the all round outlet. For the settings for four-direction (part of corner closed off), three-direction and two-direction outlets, see the installation manual and technical guide supplied with the separately sold closure material kit. 96 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting (14) Air Flow Direction Setting Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01.” Setting Table Mode No. 13 (23) Second Code No. 01 02 03 First Code No. 1 Setting F : 4-direction air flow T : 3-direction air flow W : 2-direction air flow (15) Operation of Downward Flow Flap: Yes/No Only the model DM3 has the function. When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow. Setting Table Mode No. First Code No. 13 (23) 3 Second Code No. 01 02 Setting Down-flow operation: Yes Down-flow operation: No (16) Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment Range Make the following air flow direction setting according to the respective purpose. Setting Table Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. 01 13 (23) 4 02 03 Setting Upward (Draft prevention) Standard Downward (Ceiling soiling prevention) ∗ Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function. (17) Setting of the Static Pressure Selection (for future model use) Test Operation Model No. First Code No. 13 (23) 5 Second Code No. 01 02 External static pressure Standard (10Pa) High static pressure (30Pa) 97 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting (18) External Static Pressure Settings (for EM3 model) MODE NO. FIRST CODE NO. 13 (23) 06 SECOND CODE NO. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 External Static Pressure 30Pa (*1) 50Pa 60Pa 70Pa 80Pa 90Pa 100Pa 110Pa 120Pa 130Pa 140Pa 150Pa 160Pa 180Pa (*2) 200Pa (*2) The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 07 (an external static pressure of 100 Pa) at factory set. *1 The 50 · 63 · 80 · 100 · 125EM3 cannot be set to 30 Pa. *2 The 40EM3 cannot be set to 180 or 200 Pa. (19) Humidification When Heating Thermostat is OFF Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction temperature is 20ºC or above and turns OFF the humidifier if suction temperature is 18ºC or below when the heating thermostat is OFF. Mode No. First Code No. 15 (25) 1 Second Code No. 01 02 Setting — Setting of humidifier (20) Setting of Direct Duct Connection This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor fan carries out residual operation for one minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of preventing dust on the air filter from falling off.) Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. 01 15 (25) 2 02 Contents Without direct duct connection With direct duct connection equipped with fan (21) Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the unit, this setting is unnecessary. Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. 01 15 (25) 3 02 98 Contents Individual operation of humidifier Interlocked operation between humidifier and drain pump Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting (22) Individual Setting of Ventilation This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote controller/ central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in. (Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.) Test Operation Mode No. First Code No. 15 (25) 5 Second Code No. 01 02 Contents — Individual operation of ventilation 99 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting 3.1.7 Centralized Control Group No. Setting CZ-02RT11P Type In order to conduct the central remote control using the central remote controller and the unified ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote controller. Make Group No. settings for central remote control using the operating remote controller. 1. Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and unified ON/OFF controller. (Unless the power is ON, no setting can be made.) Check that the installation and electrical wiring are correct before turning the power supply ON. When the power supply is turned ON, all LCD appear once and the unit may not accept the operation for about one minute with the display of “ ” flashing (an interval of ON, ON, and OFF) 2. While in normal mode, press and hold the “ ” switch for a period of four seconds or more to set the system to "Field Setting Mode". 3. Select the MODE No. “00” with the “ ” button. 4. Use the “ ” button to select the group No. for each group. (Group numbers increase in the order of 1-00, 1-01, ... 1-15, 2-00, ... 4-15.) 5. Press “ ” to set the selected group No. 6. Press “ ” to return to the NORMAL MODE. MODE NO. GROUP NO. UNIT NO. FIELD SET MODE SETTING TEST 5 4 3 2,6 Note: For wireless remote controller, see the following. For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the instruction manual attached. NOTICE Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table. Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance. 100 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control CZ-02RW type CZ-01RW type 1. When in the normal mode, push “ ” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters the “field set mode.” 2. Set mode No. “00” with “ ” button. 3. Set the group No. for each group with “ ”“ ” button (advance/backward). 4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing “ ” button. 5. Push “ ” button and return to the normal mode. Group No. Setting Example Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor Centoral Remote Controller Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 P1 P2 RC 1-00 F1 F2 P1 P2 No Remote Controller 1-03 Caution Test Operation F1 F2 F1 F2 P1 P2 Main RC RC Sub 1-01 F1 F2 P1 P2 RC 1-04 F1 F2 F1 F2 P1 P2 RC 1-02 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 Group Control by Remote Contoller (autmatic unit address) F1 F2 P1 P2 (V0917) When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal display. This is not an operative fault. 101 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting 3.1.8 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller (Local Setting) The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting the functions of the operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote controller ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to information in the next page.) Central remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor is connected) 3.1.9 Contents of Control Modes Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with temperature and operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by operation modes 0 through 19. ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller Used when you want to turn on/off by central remote controller only. (Cannot be turned on/off by remote controller.) OFF control only possible by remote controller Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and off by remote controller only. Centralized Used when you want to turn on by central remote controller only, and turn on/off freely by remote controller during set time. Individual Used when you want to turn on/off by both central remote controller and remote controller. Timer operation possible by remote controller Used when you want to turn on/off by remote controller during set time and you do not want to start operation by central remote controller when time of system start is programmed. 102 Test Operation Panasonic How to Select Operation Mode Example ON by remote controller (Unified ON by central remote controller) ↓ Rejection Field Setting Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on the right edge of the table below. OFF by remote controller (Unified OFF by central remote controller) OFF by remote controller ↓ Rejection ↓ Rejection Temperature control by remote controller Operation mode setting by remote controller ↓ Acceptance ↓ Acceptance Control mode is "1." (VL069) Control by remote controller Operation Control mode Unified operation, individual operation by central remote controller, or operation controlled by timer Unified OFF, individual stop by central remote controller, or timer stop OFF Temperature Operation Control mode control mode setting Rejection ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller Rejection (Example) Acceptance (Example) Rejection (Example) Rejection OFF control only possible by remote controller Rejection (Example) Acceptance Rejection Centralized Acceptance Acceptance Acceptance Rejection Individual Acceptance Acceptance Timer operation possible by remote controller Acceptance (During timer at ON position only) Acceptance (During timer at ON position only) Rejection Acceptance Acceptance 0 Rejection 10 Acceptance (Example) 1(Example) Rejection 11 Acceptance 2 Rejection 12 Acceptance 3 Rejection 13 Acceptance 4 Rejection 14 Acceptance 5 Rejection 15 Acceptance 6 Rejection 16 Acceptance Rejection 7 ∗1 17 Acceptance 8 Rejection 18 Acceptance 9 Rejection 19 Do not select “timer operation possible by remote controller” if not using a remote controller. Operation by timer is impossible in this case. ∗1. Factory setting Test Operation 103 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting 3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 3.2.1 Setting by Dip Switches The following field settings are made by dip switches on PC board. Dipswitch No. DS1-1 DS1-2 Setting ON OFF (Factory set) ON OFF (Factory set) Setting item Description Cool / Heat change over setting Used to set cool / heat change over setting by remote controller equipped with outdoor unit. (Note 1) Not used Do not change the factory settings. Cool/heat selector connection procedure • Set the remote controller only when changing over the operation mode between cooling and heating using the remote controller installed in the outdoor. Connect the cool/heat selector (optional accessory) to the terminals (A, B and C) on the outdoor X2M Terminal board (A, B and C). Set the cool/heat selector switch DS1-1 from “OFF” (which is selected at the factory before shipment) to “ON”. A1P DS1 1 2 ON/OFF DS1-1 switch knob X2M ABC ABC Cool/heat selector 104 Test Operation Panasonic Caution Field Setting Capacity Setting after changing the main PC Board(A1P) to spare parts PC Board When you change the main PC Board(A1P) to spare parts PC Board, please carry out the following setting. Please Attach the Capacity Setting Adaptor corresponding to Capacity Class (ex. 112, 140, 160) in connector X51A. (See Below) Capacity Setting Adaptor Capacity Class Note 4 (112) CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTOR (for 100/J112) 5 (140) CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTOR (for 125/J140) 6 (160) CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTOR (for 140/J160) Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adaptor RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B X51A RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B X51A Test Operation 105 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting Setting by pushbutton switches The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PC board. LED indication H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 7 7 8 7 7 7 7 (Factory setting) BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET (V2760) There are the following three setting modes. c Setting mode 1 (H1P off) Initial status (when normal) : Also indicates during “abnormal”. d Setting mode 2 (H1P on) Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in servicing the system. e Monitor mode (H1P blinks) Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2. Mode changing procedure Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows. Setting mode 2 (Normal) Push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for 5 seconds. Setting mode 1 Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. Monitor mode Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE MODE MODE Off On H1P Blinking H1P H1P (V2761) Mode changing procedure (Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET button) in each selection step. Press BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 sec. Setting mode 2 Setting item selection (Set) Press BS3 (RETURN button). Setting condition selection (Set) Press BS3 (RETURN button). Setting mode 1 (Initial condition) Press BS1(MODE button). Monitor mode Check item selection (Set) Press BS3 (RETURN button). Contents display Press BS3 (RETURN button). Setting condition (Contents) display Press BS3 (RETURN button). Press BS1 (MODE button). Press BS1 (MODE button). (V2762) 106 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting a. “Setting mode 1” This mode is used to set and check the following items. 1. Set items ············ In order to make COOL/HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group, change the setting. • COOL/HEAT selection (IND) ·····················Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor unit (factory set). • COOL/HEAT selection (MASTER) ············Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group with the master unit. • COOL/HEAT selection (SLAVE)················Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group with the slave unit. 2. Check items ······· The following items can be checked. (1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation) (2) Setting conditions of COOL/HEAT selection (Individual / Batch master / Batch slave) (3) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation) (4) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation) Procedure for changing COOL/HEAT selection setting “Normally, “Setting mode 1” is set. In case of other status, push MODE (BS1) button one time and set to “Setting mode 1”. 8 ON 7 OFF 9 Blink Push the SET (BS2) button to set the blinking of LED to any of conditions shown on the right. MODE TEST H2P H1P Setting (displaying) item For selection by individual outdoor unit (factory set) For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit Push the RETURN (BS3) button to determine the setting. 7 7 7 7 7 7 COOL/HEAT select Low Demand IND MASTER SLAVE noise H7P H6P H4P H5P H3P 9 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button will return the system to the initial condition of "Setting mode 1". Procedure for checking check items The system is normally set to "Setting mode 1". Should the system be set to any mode other than that, push the MODE (BS1) button to set the system to "Setting mode 1". COOL/HEAT select MODE TEST H1P H2P 7 7 Low Demand IND MASTER SLAVE noise H7P H6P H3P H4P H5P 8 7 7 7 7 Current operating conditions 7Normal 8Abnormal 9In preparation or in check operation Check the system for each condition through LED displays. (Refer to information in table on the right.) Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button will bring the system to the initial state of "Setting mode 1". (V2763) Test Operation Setting of COOL/HEAT selection 877By individual outdoor unit 787In a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit 778In a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit Low noise operating conditions 7In normal operation 8In low noise operation Demand operating conditions 7In normal operation 8In demand operation 107 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting b. “Setting mode 2” No. Push and hold the MODE (BS1) button for 5 seconds and set to “Setting mode 2”. 2 Setting item Cool/heat unified address Low noise/demand address 3 Test operation settings 5 Indoor unit forced fan H Indoor unit forced operation Te setting Tc setting Defrost changeover setting External low noise setting / Demand setting AIRNET address 1 <Selection of setting items> Push the SET (BS2) button and set the LED display to a setting item shown in the table on the right. ↓ Push the RETURN (BS3) button and decide the item. (The present setting condition is blinked.) 6 8 9 10 12 13 16 20 <Selection of setting conditions> Push the SET (BS2) button and set to the setting condition you want. ↓ Push the RETURN (BS3) button and decide the condition. 21 22 25 26 Push the RETURN (BS3) button and set to the initial status of “Setting mode 2”. Sets address for cool/heat unified operation. Address for low noise/demand operation Used to conduct test operation without making changes to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the completion of maintenance. Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is stopped. (H tap) Allows forced operation of indoor unit. Target evaporation temperature for cooling Target condensation temperature for heating Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to quick defrost or slow defrost. Reception of external low noise or demand signal Set address for AIRNET. Make this setting to conduct heating operation with hot Setting of hot water water heater. Additional refrigerant charge Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation. operation setting Refrigerant recovery / Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode. vacuuming mode setting Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple Night-time low way. noise setting The operating time is based on “Starting set” and “Ending set”. Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input low noise level from outside. Night-time low Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation. noise operation (Night-time low noise setting is also required.) start setting Night-time low noise operation end setting Power transistor check mode ∗Check after disconnection of compressor wires Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation. (Night-time low noise setting is also required.) 29 Capacity precedence setting 30 Demand setting 1 32 Normal demand setting If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is automatically released by this setting during carrying out low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation. Changes target value of power consumption when demand control 1 is input. Normally enables demand control 1 without external input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker of small capacity is shut down due to large load.) 27 28 ∗ If you become unsure of how to proceed, push the MODE (BS1) button and return to setting mode 1. Description (V2764) Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble comes from the compressor or PC board. The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button. 108 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting Setting item display No. 1 Setting item Cool / Heat Unified address MODE H1P 8 TEST H2P 7 IND H3P 7 C/H selection Master Slave H4P H5P 7 7 Low noise H6P 7 Setting condition display Demand H7P 8 Address 0 Binary number 1 (6 digits) ~ 31 2 Low noise/demand address 8 7 7 7 7 8 7 Address 0 Binary number 1 (6 digits) Test operation 8 7 7 7 7 8 8 5 Indoor forced fan H 8 7 7 7 8 7 8 Indoor forced operation 8 7 7 7 8 8 7 Te setting 8 7 7 8 7 7 7 6 External low noise/demand: NO 8788888 8777778 8777787 ∗ 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777877 8777787 ∗ 8777778 8777877 8777787 ∗ 8777778 8777877 8777787 ∗ 8777778 8777778 ∗ External low noise/demand: YES 8777787 Test operation : OFF Test operation : ON Normal operation Indoor forced fan H Normal operation Indoor forced operation High 8 Normal (factory setting) Low High 9 Tc setting 8 7 7 8 7 7 8 Normal (factory setting) Low Quick defrost 10 Defrost changeover setting 8 7 7 8 7 8 7 Normal (factory setting) Slow defrost External low noise/ 12 demand setting 13 Airnet address 8 8 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 8 Address 0 Binary number 1 (6 digits) 8 7 8 7 7 7 7 Additional refrigerant 20 charging operation setting 8 7 8 7 8 7 7 Refrigerant recovery / 21 vacuuming mode setting 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 OFF ON Refrigerant charging: OFF Refrigerant charging: ON Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: OFF Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: ON OFF 22 Night-time low noise setting 8 7 8 7 8 8 7 8777777 ∗ 8777778 ~ 63 Setting of hot water 16 heater 8788888 8777777 ∗ 8777778 ~ 31 3 ∗ Factory set 8777777 ∗ 8777778 Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower) Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower) Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower) 8888888 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777777 ∗ 8777778 8777787 8777788 The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button. Test Operation 109 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting Setting item display No. Setting item MODE H1P TEST H2P 8 7 IND H3P C/H selection Master Slave H4P H5P Low noise H6P Demand H7P 7 8 Setting condition display Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower) 25 Low noise setting 8 8 7 Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower) Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower) About 20:00 Night-time low noise 26 operation start setting 8 7 8 8 7 8 7 About 22:00 (factory setting) About 24:00 About 6:00 27 Night-time low noise operation end setting 8 7 8 8 7 8 8 About 7:00 About 8:00 (factory setting) 28 Power transistor check mode 8 7 8 8 8 7 7 Capacity 29 precedence setting 8 7 8 8 8 7 8 30 Demand setting 1 8 7 8 8 8 8 7 OFF ON OFF ON 60 % demand 70 % demand 80 % demand Normal demand 32 setting 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 OFF ON ∗ Factory set 8777778 8777787 ∗ 8777877 8777778 8777787 ∗ 8777877 8777778 8777787 8777877 ∗ 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777778 ∗ 8777787 8777778 8777787 ∗ 8777877 8777778 ∗ 8777787 The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button. 110 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting c. Monitor mode No. To enter the monitor mode, push the MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting mode 1”. <Selection of setting item> Push the SET (BS2) button and set the LED display to a setting item. <Confirmation on setting contents> Push the RETURN (BS3) button to display different data of set items. ∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and returns to “Setting mode 1”. (V2765) H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 7 7 8 8 7 7 7 8 7 8 7 8 Data display Various setting 1 C/H unified address 2 Low noise/demand address 3 Not used 4 Airnet address 5 Number of connected indoor units 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 Number of connected zone units (excluding outdoor and HR unit) 9 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 Number of outdoor units 9 7 7 8 7 7 7 11 Number of zone units (excluding outdoor and HR unit) 9 7 7 8 7 8 8 Lower 6 digits 12 Number of terminal blocks 9 7 7 8 8 7 7 Lower 4 digits: upper 13 Number of terminal blocks 9 7 7 8 8 7 8 Lower 4 digits: lower 14 Contents of malfunction (the latest) 8 7 7 8 8 8 7 Malfunction code table Contents of malfunction 8 7 7 8 8 8 8 Refer to page 138, 139. 15 (1 cycle before) Contents of malfunction 20 Contents of retry (the latest) 21 Contents of retry (1 cycle before) 22 Contents of retry (2 cycle before) 8 8 8 8 25 Normal judgment of outdoor units PC board 9 7 8 8 7 7 8 (2 cycle before) 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 7 7 7 8 See below Lower 6 digits 7 7 8 7 Lower 2 digits: 87 Abnormal 78 Normal 77 Unjudgment The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button. Setting item 0 Display contents of “Various setting” EMG operation / backup operation setting ON OFF Defrost select setting Short Medium Long Te setting H M L Tc setting H M L Test Operation H1P 0 16 Push the RETURN (BS3) button and switches to the initial status of “Monitor mode”. LED display Setting item 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 9 7 111 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN button, and confirm the data for each setting. ★ Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two ways of expressing are as follows: 9 797997 16 32 4 8 1 2 In c the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to 16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is 22. 977 7979 64 16 No.12 128 32 977 7997 4 No.13 8 The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63) 1 2 The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper, and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128) In d the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is 0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10 number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86. ★ See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25. 112 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.2.2 Cool / Heat Mode Switching There are the following 4 cool/heat switching modes. c Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by indoor unit remote controller. d Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool/heat switching remote controller. e Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with unified master outdoor unit by indoor unit remote controller. f Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with unified master outdoor unit by cool/heat switching remote controller. c Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Indoor Unit Remote Controller It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring. Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to IN (factory set). Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set). <Set the master unit (= indoor unit having the right to select the cooling/heating operation mode).> In the case of wireless remote controllers In the case of wired remote controllers • After the check operation, “CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL” is flashing in all connected remote controllers. • Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in accordance with the request from the customer. (It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be used most often as the master unit.) • Press the operation mode selector button in the remote controller of the indoor unit selected as the master unit. • In that remote controller, “CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL” disappears. That remote controller will control changeover of the cooling/heating operation mode. • In other remote controllers, “CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL” lights. • After the check operation, the timer lamp is flashing in all connected indoor units. • Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in accordance with the request from the customer. (It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be used most often as the master unit.) • Press the operation selector mode button in the remote controller of the indoor unit selected as the master unit. A “peep” sound is emitted, and the timer lamp turns off in all indoor units. • That indoor unit will control changeover of the cooling/ heating operation mode. For the details, refer to the installation manual supplied together with the indoor unit. Test Operation 113 Field Setting Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump d Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Cool/Heat Switching Remote Controller It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring. Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to OUT (factory set). Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set). 114 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.2.3 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation Setting of Low Noise Operation By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external control adaptor (optional), you can lower operating noise by 2-3 dB. When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external control adaptor for outdoor unit is not required) 1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Mode 1", "Mode 2", or "Mode 3") for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level). 2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or "24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation). (Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.) 3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or "08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation). (Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.) 4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting of capacity precedence) to "ON". (If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.) Image of operation Test Operation 115 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting Setting of Demand Operation By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control adaptor (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the compressor operating condition. Set item Demand Condition Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Content The compressor operates at approx. 60% or less of rating. The compressor operates at approx. 70% or less of rating. The compressor operates at approx. 80% or less of rating. When the normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit is not required.) 1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of constant demand) to "ON". 2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then set the setting condition to targeted mode. Image of operation Power consumption Rated power consumption 80 % of rated power consumption 70 % of rated power consumption 60 % of rated power consumption The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting". When the "Normal demand setting" is set to ON ("OFF" has been set at factory.) , the power consumption can be set with the "Demand 1 level setting". ("70 % of rated power consumption" has been set at factory.) (V3082) 116 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control 1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off) c In setting mode 2, push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Setting mode 1 is entered and H1P off. During the setting mode 1 is displayed, “In low noise operation” and “In demand control” are displayed. 2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on) c In setting 1, push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. → Setting mode 2 is entered and H1P lights. d Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No. you want. e Push the BS3 (RETURN button) one time, and the present setting content is displayed. → Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting content (as shown on next page) you want. f Push the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. → Returns to c. g Push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off. Test Operation 117 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting {: ON d c Setting No. Setting contents 22 External low noise / Demand setting { z z z z Setting No. indication z Night-time low noise setting z { { Setting contents z z z { { z { { z { z z H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P { z z z z z 9 YES { z z z z 9 z OFF (Factory setting) { z z z z z z { { { { z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z 9 9 z 9 z 9 9 { z z z z 9 z { { { z z z z z z z z z 9 z z z z 9 z 9 z AM 8:00 (Factory setting) { z z z 9 z z Low noise precedence (Factory setting) { z z z z z 9 Capacity precedence { z z z z 9 z 60 % of rated power consumption { z z z z z 9 70 % of rated power consumption (Factory setting) { z z z z 9 z 80 % of rated power consumption { z z z 9 z z OFF (Factory setting) { z z z z z 9 ON { z z z z 9 z Mode 2 Mode 3 { Night-time low noise start setting z { { z { z PM 8:00 PM 10:00 (Factory setting) PM 0:00 27 29 30 32 { Night-time low noise end setting { { z { { AM 6:00 AM 7:00 Capacity precedence setting { Demand setting 1 { Normal demand setting { Setting mode indication section 118 z z z z { { z { { z { { z z { z Setting No. indication section { z z Setting contents indication (Initial setting) NO (Factory set) Mode 1 26 9: Blink e Setting No. indication H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 12 z: OFF Set contents indication section Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.2.4 Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation * c d e f g h i When the outdoor unit is stopped and the entire quantity of refrigerant cannot be charged from the stop valve on the liquid side, make sure to charge the remaining quantity of refrigerant using this procedure. If the refrigerant quantity is insufficient, the unit may malfunction. Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit. Make sure to completely open the stop valve on the gas side and the stop valve on the liquid side. Connect the refrigerant charge hose to the service port (for additionally charging the refrigerant). In the stopped status, set to ON the refrigerant additional charging operation A in set mode 2 (H1P: Turn on). The operation is automatically started. (The LED indicator H2P flickers, and "Test run" and "Under centralized control" are displayed in the remote controller.) After charging the specified quantity of refrigerant, press the RETURN button (BS3) to stop the operation. The operation is automatically stopped within 30 minutes. If charging is not completed within 30 minutes, set and perform the refrigerant additional charging operation A again. If the refrigerant additional charging operation is stopped soon, the refrigerant may be overcharged. Never charge extra refrigerant. Disconnect the refrigerant charge hose. Service port for adding refrigerant 1 V1 Test Operation Y1 Liquid line stop valve Pipe fixing plate Gas line stop valve Gas line stop valve Liquid line stop valve 119 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Field Setting 3.2.5 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited. [Operation procedure] c In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode” to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote controller, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited. After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of refrigerant recovery operation. d Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the operation manual attached to the refrigerant recovery unit for more detal.) e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”. 120 Test Operation Panasonic Field Setting 3.2.6 Setting of Vacuuming Mode In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the expansion valves of indoor and outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves. [Operating procedure] c In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode” to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote controller, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited. After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of Vacuuming operation. d Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation. e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”. 3.2.7 Check Operation To prevent any trouble in the period of installation at site, the system is provided with a test operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring, stop valve left in closed, coming out (or misplacing with suction pipe thermistor) or discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping length, refrigerant overcharging, and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic expansion valve. CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION LED display (H1P~H7P) (8:ON Unit stopping 3:OFF 9:BLINK) 3383333 Press the TEST button for 5 seconds. Step 1 Pressure equalizing 10 sec to 10 minutes Step 2 Cooling start control Step 3 Stability waiting operation 3933338 3933383 20 sec to 2 minutes 3933388 10 minutes Step4~6 Step 7 Judgment function • Stop valve close check 3933833 • Wrong wiring check 3933838 • Piping length check 3 minutes 3933883 Refrigerant over charge judgment 3933888 15 minutes Step 8 Pump down residual operation 3938338 5 seconds Step 9 Standby for restarting 3938383 2 minutes Completion Test Operation 121 Field Setting 122 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Test Operation Panasonic Part 7 Troubleshooting 1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................125 2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................128 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................128 Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................129 Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................130 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection / Test Operation Button ..........................................................................132 2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................133 2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................135 3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................142 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 Troubleshooting “A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device............................142 “A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect ........................................................143 “A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......144 “A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................146 “A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S).....................147 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage..........................................................149 “A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)........................................................150 “AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................152 “AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........153 “C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................154 “C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger....................................................................................156 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........157 “C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................158 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........159 “CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............160 “CC” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System ....................161 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller ................................................................................162 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect .....................................................163 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................164 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor..........................166 “E5” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ...................................................168 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor .........................................169 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)...............................................170 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................172 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................173 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air.....174 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) ....175 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Suction Pipe 1, 2 ..................................................................................176 123 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) .............................177 3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................178 3.31 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) .............................179 3.32 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................180 3.33 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................181 3.34 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board .........................................182 3.35 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise.................................................................................183 3.36 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal ...............................184 3.37 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal.......................................185 3.38 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error .............................................186 3.39 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................187 3.40 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit .............................................................................188 3.41 “U0” Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................189 3.42 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ......................191 3.43 “U3” Check Operation not Executed......................................................193 3.44 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units .......................................................................................194 3.45 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............................................................................................196 3.46 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............................................................................................197 3.47 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System .............................................................................198 3.48 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units ................................................200 3.49 “UC” Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller........................201 3.50 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ..........................................202 3.51 “UF” System is not Set yet.....................................................................204 3.52 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined...205 4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller......................................................206 4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ...................................206 4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ...........................................................................207 4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for Centralized Control........................................208 4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control...............................................................................209 4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting .........................................211 5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller.......212 5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................212 5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................214 5.3 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................217 124 Troubleshooting Panasonic Symptom-based Troubleshooting 1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting 1 Symptom The system does not start operation at all. Supposed Cause Blowout of fuse(s) Cutout of breaker(s) Countermeasure Turn Off the power supply and then replace the fuse(s). • If the knob of any breaker is in its OFF position, turn ON the power supply. • If the knob of any circuit breaker is in its tripped position, do not turn ON the power supply. ON Knob Tripped OFF Circuit breaker Power failure 2 The system starts operation but makes an immediate stop. 3 The system does not cool or heat air well. After the power failure is reset, restart the system. Open phase in power supply Check power supply. After that, cable properly connect the power supply cable, and then turn ON the power supply. Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s). or outdoor unit Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s). Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s). or outdoor unit Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s). Enclosed outdoor unit(s) Remove the enclosure. Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper degree. Airflow rate set to "LOW" Improper direction of air diffusion Open window(s) or door(s) [In cooling] Direct sunlight received 4 5 [In cooling] Too many persons staying in a room [In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA equipment) located in a room The system does The system stops and If the OPERATION lamp on the not operate. immediately restarts operation. remote controller turns ON, the will be normal. These Pressing the TEMP ADJUST system indicate that the button immediately resets the symptoms system is controlled so as not to system. put unreasonable loads on the system. The system makes intermittent stops. Troubleshooting The remote controller displays "UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL", which blinks for a period of several seconds when the OPERATION button is depressed. The system stops immediately after turning ON the power supply. The remote controller displays malfunction codes "U4" and "U5", and the system stops but restarts after a lapse of several minutes. Set it to a proper airflow rate. Set it to a proper direction. Shut it tightly. Hang curtains or shades on windows. Normal operation. The system will automatically start operation after a lapse of five minutes. The system is controlled with centralized controller. Blinking display indicates that the system cannot be operated using the remote controller. Operate the system using the COOL/HEAT centralized remote controller. The system is in preparation mode of micro computer operation. The system stops due to an interruption in communication between units caused by electrical noises coming from equipment other than air conditioners. Wait for a period of approximately one minute. Remove causes of electrical noises. If these causes are removed, the system will automatically restart operation. 125 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Symptom-based Troubleshooting 6 7 8 9 COOL-HEAT selection is disabled. The remote controller displays "UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL", and the COOLHEAT selection remote controller is provided. The system This symptom occurs conducts fan immediately after turning ON operation but not the power supply. cooling or heating operation. The airflow rate Even pressing the AIRFLOW is not RATE SET button makes no reproduced changes in the airflow rate. according to the setting. The airflow direction is not reproduced according to the setting. 10 A white mist comes out from the system. 126 Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure The remote controller displays This remote controller has no Use a remote controller with "UNDER CENTRALIZED option to select cooling operation. option to select cooling operation. CONTROL". The airflow direction is not corresponding to that displayed on the remote controller. The flap does not swing. <Indoor unit> In cooling operation, the ambient humidity is high. (This indoor unit is installed in a place with much oil or dust.) <Indoor unit> Immediately after cooling operation stopping, the ambient temperature and humidity are low. <Indoor and outdoor units> After the completion of defrosting operation, the system is switched to heating operation. COOL-HEAT selection is made using the COOL-HEAT selection remote controller. Use the COOL-HEAT selection remote controller to select cool or heat. The system is in preparation mode of operation. Wait for a period of approximately 10 minutes. In heating operation, when the Normal operation. room temperature reaches the set degree, the outdoor unit will stop while the indoor unit is brought to fan LL operation so that no one gets cold air. Furthermore, if fan operation mode is selected when other indoor unit is in heating operation, the system will be brought to fan LL operation. (The fan LL operation is also enabled while in oil return mode in cooling operation.) Automatic control Normal operation. Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit. due to heavy stain of the inside of the indoor unit Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the indoor unit results to be vapor from the unit. Normal operation. Defrosted moisture turns to be vapor and comes out from the units. Normal operation. Troubleshooting Panasonic 11 The system produces sounds. Symptom-based Troubleshooting Symptom <Indoor unit> Immediately after turning ON the power supply, indoor unit produces "ringing" sounds. <Indoor and outdoor units> "Hissing" sounds are continuously produced while in cooling or defrosting operation. <Indoor and outdoor units> "Hissing" sounds are produced immediately after the startup or stop of the system, or the startup or stop of defrosting operation. <Indoor unit> Faint sounds are continuously produced while in cooling operation or after stopping the operation. <Indoor unit> "Creaking" sounds are produced while in heating operation or after stopping the operation. <Indoor unit> Sounds like "trickling" or the like are produced from indoor units in the stopped state. <Outdoor unit> Pitch of operating sounds changes. 12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the from the system. system when it restarts after the stop for an extended period of time. 13 Odors come out In operation from the system. 14 Outdoor unit fan does not rotate. In operation 15 LCD display "88" appears on the remote controller. 16 The outdoor unit compressor or the outdoor unit fan does not stop. 17 The outdoor gets hot. Immediately after turning ON the power supply Countermeasure Normal operation. This sound becomes low after a lapse of approximately one minute. These sounds are produced from Normal operation. gas (refrigerant) flowing respectively through the indoor and outdoor units. These sounds are produced Normal operation. when the gas (refrigerant) stops or changes flowing. These sounds are produced from Normal operation. the drain discharge device in operation. These sounds are produced from Normal operation. resin parts expanding and contracting with temperature changes. On UM systems, these sounds Normal operation. are produced when other indoor units in operation. The reason is that the system runs in order to prevent oil or refrigerant from dwelling. The reason is that the compressor Normal operation. changes the operating frequency. Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation. inside of indoor unit, is blown out from the system. Odors of room, cigarettes or else adsorbed to the inside of indoor unit are blown out. The reason is that fan revolutions are controlled to put the operation to the optimum state. The reason is that the system is checking to be sure the remote controller is normal. The inside of the indoor unit should be cleaned. Normal operation. Normal operation. This code is displayed for a period of approximately one minute at maximum. Normal operation. It stops after a lapse of approximately 5 to 10 minutes. After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or refrigerant from dwelling. While stopping operation The reason is that the compressor Normal operation. is warmed up to provide smooth startup of the system. 18 Hot air comes Hot air is felt while the system out from the stops. system even though it stops. 19 The system does The system is in dry operation. not cool air well. Troubleshooting Supposed Cause These are operating sounds of the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit. On UM systems, small quantity Normal operation. of refrigerant is fed to indoor units in the stopped state when other indoor units are in operation. The reason is that the dry Change the system to cooling operation serves not to reduce operation. the room temperature where possible. 127 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 2.1 The INSPECTION / TEST Button The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the remote control. Indoor unit settings can be made • Filter sign time • Air flow direction • Others Depress Inspection/Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds. Local setting mode Service mode Depress Inspection/Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds. Service data can be obtained. • Malfunciton code history • Temperature data of various sections Service settings can be made. • Forced fan ON • Air flow direction/volume setting Press Inspection/Test Operation button once. Normal mode Press Inspection/Test Operation button once. Or after 30 minutes Press Inspection/Test Operation button once. After 10 seconds Following codes can be checked. • Malfunction codes Inspection • Indoor model code mode • Outdoor model code Test operation mode Press Inspection/Test Operation button once. 128 Thermostat is forcibly turned on. (V0815) Troubleshooting Panasonic 2.2 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote controller’s operation LED blinks, and malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are displayed when the inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what kind of malfunction caused operation to stop. See page 136 for malfunction code and malfunction contents. Operation LED ON/OFF button Display of indoor unit for which a malfunction has been detected Inspection display Malfunction code Inspection/Test button Note: 1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication. 2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of five seconds or more will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display, the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to “00” (=Normal), the Unit No. will change to “0”, and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal mode (displaying the set temperature). Troubleshooting 129 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 2.3 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller In the Case of CZ-02RW Type CZ-01RW Type If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception section flashes. The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.) 1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.” The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No. display shows flashing “0” indication. 2. Set the Unit No. Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is generated from the indoor unit. *1 Number of beeps 3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations. 1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4. Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer indicates that the malfunction code is confirmed. Continuous beep : No abnormality. 3. Press the MODE selector button. The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes. 4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated. The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are pressed. *2 Number of beeps Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Malfunction code confirmed) 2 short beeps : Upper digit matched. 1 short beep : Lower digit matched. 5. Press the MODE selector button. The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes. 6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated. 130 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Remote Controller The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are pressed. Troubleshooting 131 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 2.4 Operation of the Remote Controller’s Inspection / Test Operation Button 0 Unit L0 Malfunction code Inspection Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs. Normal display (No display) Inspection/test operation Push the button. 0 Unit L0 Malfunction code Inspection Inspection mode Inspection/test operation Example of capacity code display 0 7 1... Capacity code F... Indoor unit system code C... Indoor unit type code J... Progression code Display Example model CS-25LM 028 CS-63UM 071 Push the button. Indoor unit system code Display 1 2 F H 071 FCJ Indoor unit model code display Product classification System classification UM system (VAV indoor unit) UM system Outdoor air processing unit UM system Standard indoor unit UM system New ceilling suspended cassette Indoor unit type code Inspection/test operation Push the button. Display A C E F H J L P L 6 3 ––– AA1 Outdoor unit model code display Inspection/test operation Push the button. Test operation Test operation mode 132 Push the button. CS-KM 2-way blow CS-LM Corner CS-DM Roundflow CS-UM Ceiling suspended CS-TM Concealed ceiling CS-FM Floor standing PCS-PM Concealed ceiling (large) CS-EM Concealed floor standing type CS-RM 600×600 4-way blow CS-YM - - Outdoor model code Display Inspection/test operation Model Type Wall mounted Model Type AA1 UM "MX1" Inverter CU-MX1 AA3 UM "MA1R" Modular PA-MA1R A92 UM "ME1" Heat Recovery CU-ME1 AA5 - . AAA UM "MX3", "ME3" - R410A U-ME3, U-MX3 AAE UM "MX4" Inverter Series U-MX4 A8E UM "ME4" Heat Recovery Series U-ME4 A9E Mini UM "ML4", "ML5" U-ML4, U-ML5 Troubleshooting Panasonic 2.5 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Remote Controller Service Mode How to Enter the Service Mode Service Mode Operation Method Troubleshooting 1. Select the mode No. Set the desired mode No. with the button. (For wireless remote controller, Mode 43 only can be set.) 2. Select the unit No. (For group control only) Select the indoor unit No. to be set with the time mode . (For wireless remote controller, button.) 3. Make the settings required for each mode. (Modes 41, 44, 45) In case of Mode 44, 45, push button to be able to change setting before setting work. (LCD “code” blinks.) For details, refer to the table in next page. 4. Define the setting contents. (Modes 44, 45) Define by pushing the timer button. After defining, LCD “code” changes blinking to ON. 5. Return to the normal operation mode. Push the button one time. 133 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Mode No 40 Function Malfunction hysteresis display Contents and operation method Display malfunction hysteresis. The history No. can be changed with the button. Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Remote controller display example Unit 1 Malfunction code 2-U4 40 Malfunction code Hystory No: 1 - 9 1: Latest (VE007) 41 Display of sensor and address data Display various types of data. Select the data to be displayed with the button. Sensor data 0: Thermostat sensor in remote controller. 1: Suction 2: Liquid pipe 3: Gas pipe Sensor data display Unit No. Sensor type 1 1 41 27 Address data 4: Indoor unit address 5: Outdoor unit address 6: HR-Box unit address 7: Zone control address 8: Cool/heat group address 9: Demand / low noise address Temperature ºC Address display Unit No. Address type 1 8 41 1 Address (VE008) 43 Forced fan ON Manually turn the fan ON by each unit. (When you want to search for the unit No.) By selecting the unit No. with the button, you can turn the fan of each indoor unit on (forced ON) individually. Unit 1 43 (VE009) 44 Individual setting Set the fan speed and air flow direction by each unit Select the unit No. with the time mode button. Set the fan speed with the button. Set the air flow direction with the button. Unit 1 Code 44 1 3 Fan speed 1: Low 3: High Air flow direction P0 - P4 (VE010) 45 Unit No. transfer Transfer unit No. Select the unit No. with the button. Set the unit No. after transfer with the button. Present unit No. Unit 1 Code 0 2 45 Unit No. after transfer (VE011) 134 Troubleshooting Panasonic 2.6 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function The remote controller switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more appropriate maintenance can be carried out. If a malfunction occurs during operation, the operation lamp, malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No. let you know the contents and location of the malfunction. When there is a stop due to malfunction, the contents of the malfunction given below can be diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp, INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display and display of malfunction code. It also lets you know the unit No. during group control. Operation lamp ON/OFF button Display of indoor unit for which a malfunction has been detected Inspection display Malfunction code (VL050) Troubleshooting 135 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit 136 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 8: ON 7: OFF 9: Blink Malfunction Operation Malfunction contents Page code lamp Referred A0 9 Error of external protection device 142 143 A1 9 PC board defect, E2 PROM defect A3 9 Malfunction of drain level control system (S1L) 144 A6 9 Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload 146 A7 8 Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S) 147 A8 9 Abnormal power supply voltage 149 A9 9 Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve (Y1E) 150 AF 8 Drain level above limit 152 AJ 9 Malfunction of capacity setting 153 C1 9 Failure of transmission (between indoor unit PC board and fan PC board) 154 C4 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchange (loose connection, 156 disconnection, short circuit, failure) C5 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes (loose connection, 157 disconnection, short circuit, failure) C6 9 Failure of combination (between indoor unit PC board and fan PC board) 158 C9 9 Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for suction air (loose connection, 159 disconnection, short circuit, failure) CA 9 Malfunction of thermistor for discharge air (loose connection, 160 disconnection, short circuit, failure) CC 8 Malfunction of humidity sensor system 161 CJ E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E9 F3 F6 H3 H4 H7 H9 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 9 9 9 J2 J3 9 9 J5 9 J6 9 J7 J9 JA JC L0 L1 L4 L5 L8 L9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote controller PC board defect Actuation of high pressure switch Actuation of low pressure sensor Compressor motor lock Standard compressor lock or over current Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve (Y1E, Y3E) Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Refrigerant overcharged Failure of high pressure switch Actuation of low pressure switch Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure) Current sensor malfunction Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R2T) (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure) Malfunction of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for suction pipe (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure) Malfunction of thermistor (R6T) for heat exchanger (loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure) Malfunction of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R4T) Malfunction of high pressure sensor Malfunction of low pressure sensor Inverter system error Malfunction of PC board Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise Inverter compressor abnormal Inverter current abnormal Inverter start up error 162 163 164 166 168 — 169 170 172 173 — — — 174 — 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 — 182 183 184 185 186 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 8: ON Malfunction Operation code lamp 7: OFF Malfunction contents Outdoor Unit LA 9 Malfunction of power unit System LC P1 U0 9 9 8 U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U5 9 9 9 9 9 7 U7 U8 9 9 U9 9 UA UC UE 9 8 9 UF UH UE 9 9 9 M1 M8 8 or 7 8 or 7 MA MC 64 65 68 6A 6A 6F 94 8 or 7 8 or 7 8 8 8 8 9 8 9 Malfunction of transmission between inverter and control PC board High voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit. Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion valve failure Reverse phase / open phase Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure Check operation is not completed. Malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units Malfunction of transmission between remote controller and indoor unit Failure of remote controller PC board or setting during control by remote controller Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controllers (malfunction of sub remote controller) Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and outdoor unit in the same system Excessive number of indoor units Address duplication of central remote controller Malfunction of transmission between central remote controller and indoor unit System is not set yet Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address undefined Malfunction of transmission between centralized remote controller and indoor unit PC board defect Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control Address duplication, improper setting Indoor unit’s air thermistor error Outside air thermistor error Malfunction of HVU Damper system alarm Damper system + thermistor error Malfunction of simple remote controller Internal transmission error Central Remote Controller and Schedule Timer Heat Reclaim Ventilation 9: Blink Page Referred — 187 188 189 — 191 193 194 196 196 — 197 198 200 201 202 204 205 206 207 208 209 211 — — — — — — — The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair. Troubleshooting 137 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board <Monitor mode> Contents of malfunction To enter the monitor mode, push the MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting mode 1”. <Selection of setting item> Push the SET (BS2) button and set the LED display to a setting item. <Confirmation of malfunction 1> Push the RETURN (BS3) button once to display "First digit" of malfunction code. <Confirmation of malfunction 2> Push the SET (BS2) button once to display "Second digit" of malfunction code. Detail description on next page. Malfunction code In-phase malfunction of UM Net Detection of UM Net E1 Abnormal discharge pressure HPS activated E3 Abnormal suction pressure Abnormal Pe E4 Compressor lock Detection of INV compressor lock E5 Over load, over current, Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock E7 Malfunction of electronic expansion valve EV1 E9 Faulty sensor of outdoor air temperature Faulty Ta sensor (short) H9 Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Abnormal Td F3 EV3 Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant over charge F6 Faulty sensor of discharge pipe temperature Faulty Tdi sensor (short) J3 Faulty sensor of suction pipe temperature Faulty Ts1 sensor (short) J5 Faulty sensor of heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tb sensor (short) J6 Malfunction of the liquid pipe temperature sensor Faulty TI sensor (short) J7 Faulty sensor of subcool heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tsh sensor (short) J9 Faulty sensor of discharge pressure Faulty Pc sensor (short) JA Faulty sensor of suction pressure Faulty Pe sensor (short) JC Faulty IPM L1 Faulty Inverter PC board Faulty Ts2 sensor (short) Abnormal Current sensor offset Abnormal IGBT Faulty Current sensor Abnormal SP-PAM over-voltage <Confirmation of malfunction 3> Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature L4 DC output over current Inverter instantaneous over current L5 Electronic thermal Electronic thermal switch 1 L8 Push the SET (BS2) button once to display "malfunction location". Electronic thermal switch 2 Out-of-step Speed down after startup Lightening detection Stall prevention (Limit time) Stall prevention (Current increasing) L9 Stall prevention (Faulty start up) Abnormal wave form in startup <Confirmation of malfunction 4> Push the SET (BS2) button once to display "master or slave 1 or slave 2" and "malfunction location". Out-of-step Transmission error between inverter and outdoor unit Inverter transmission error LC Push the RETURN (BS3) button and switches to the initial status of “Monitor mode”. ∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and returns to “Setting mode 1”. 138 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 8: ON 7: OFF 9:Blink Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4 Malfunction code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P E1 9 7 7 9 9 E7 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 9 7 7 9 9 9 7 9 9 E9 9 9 7 7 9 H9 9 9 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 9 9 9 7 9 J5 9 7 9 7 9 J6 9 7 9 9 J7 9 7 9 J9 9 9 JA 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 E3 E4 E5 F3 9 7 9 7 9 F6 J3 9 7 9 9 7 JC L1 9 7 9 9 9 L4 L5 L8 L9 9 LC 9 Display of contents of malfunction (first digit) 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 7 9 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 7 9 7 9 7 9 Display of contents of malfunction (second digit) 8 7 8 8 Display 1 of malfunction in detail 9 ∗1 ∗1 ∗1 9 9 ∗1 7 7 9 9 7 7 9 7 9 7 ∗1 Display 2 of malfunction in detail ∗1 Troubleshooting 9 7 7 9 9 7 9 7 9 Master Slave1 Slave2 System 139 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Remote Controller <Monitor mode> Contents of malfunction To enter the monitor mode, push the MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting mode 1”. Malfunction code Open phase/Power supply imbalance Imbalance of inverter power supply voltage P1 Faulty temperature sensor of inverter radiation fin Faulty thermistor of inverter fin P4 Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant shortage alarm U0 Abnormal power supply voltage Insufficient Inverter voltage U2 Faulty charge of capacitor in main inverter circuit <Selection of setting item> Malfunction due to SP-PAM overvoltage Malfunction due to P-N short circuit Push the SET (BS2) button and set the LED display to a setting item. No implementation of test-run U4 Transmission error between indoor and outdoor unit I/O transmission error Transmission error of other system Indoor unit system abnormal in other system or other indoor unit system abnormal in own system U9 System transmission malfunction UA <Confirmation of malfunction 1> Erroneous field setting Push the RETURN (BS3) button once to display "First digit" of malfunction code. U3 I/O transmission error Overconnection malfunction of indoor units Malfunction of field setting Refrigerant abnormal Connection error (BP unit) <Confirmation of malfunction 2> Push the SET (BS2) button once to display "Second digit" of malfunction code. Faulty system malfunction Wiring error (Auto-address error) UH Conflict in wiring and piping, no setting for system Conflict in wiring and piping UF Detail description on next page. <Confirmation of malfunction 3> Push the SET (BS2) button once to display "malfunction location". <Confirmation of malfunction 4> Push the SET (BS2) button once to display "master or slave 1 or slave 2" and "malfunction location". Push the RETURN (BS3) button and switches to the initial status of “Monitor mode”. ∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and returns to “Setting mode 1”. 140 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Remote Controller 8: ON 7: OFF 9:Blink Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4 Malfunction code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P P1 9 9 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 P4 U0 9 9 7 7 9 U2 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 7 9 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 9 9 9 9 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 9 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 U3 9 7 7 9 9 U4 9 7 9 7 7 U9 9 9 7 7 9 UA 9 9 7 9 7 UH 9 9 9 9 7 9 9 9 9 9 UF Display of contents of malfunction (first digit) Display of contents of malfunction (second digit) Display 1 of malfunction in detail 9 ∗1 Display 2 of malfunction in detail ∗1 Troubleshooting ∗1 9 7 7 9 9 7 9 7 9 Master Slave1 Slave2 System 141 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.1 “A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device Remote Controller Display Applicable Models A0 All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Actuation of external protection device Improper field set Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. External protection device is connected to terminals T1 and T2 of the indoor unit terminal block. YES Actuation of external protection device. NO ON/OFF input from outside (mode No. 12, first code No. 1) has been set to external protection device input (second code No. 03) by remote controller. YES Change the second code No. to "01" or "02" . NO Indoor unit PC board replacement. (V2776) 142 Troubleshooting Panasonic 3.2 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller “A1 ” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect Remote Controller Display A1 Applicable Models All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Check data from E²PROM. Malfunction Decision Conditions When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off. Supposed Causes Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Turn power supply OFF, then power ON again. Does the system return to normal? NO YES External factor other than malfunction (for example, noise etc.). Replace the indoor unit PC board. (V2777) Troubleshooting 143 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.3 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump “A3 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) Remote Controller Display A3 Applicable Models LM3, UM4, FXSQ, DM3, NM3, EM3, TM3 (Option), 200..250EM3 (Option), KM3 (Option) Method of Malfunction Detection By float switch OFF detection Malfunction Decision Conditions When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF. Supposed Causes 144 220~240V power supply is not provided Defect of float switch or short circuit connector Defect of drain pump Drain clogging, upward slope, etc. Defect of indoor unit PC board Loose connection of connector Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. NO Is power supply 220~240V provided? Provide 220~240V power supply. YES The float switch is connected to X8A (or X15A) of the indoor unit PC board. NO YES The float switch contact is forming a short circuit (continuity check with X8A (or X15A) disconnected) YES Connect either a short circuit connector or float switch and turn on again. Becomes normal when X8A (or X15A) of the indoor unit PC board is short circuited NO Defect of indoor unit PC board. YES NO The float switch functions normally. YES YES The drain pump is connected to X25A or terminals Y1 and Y2 of the indoor unit PC board. NO YES NO Water builds up in the drain pan. A short circuit connector is connected to X8A. Loose connection of connector. NO Replace float switch. Modify the float switch's connection and turn on again. NO Connect the drain pump and turn on again. YES The drain pump works when the power supply is reset for the indoor unit. YES Check the drain piping for clogging or upward slope, etc. NO The voltage of terminals Y1 and Y2 or X25A is 220~240 V (within 5minutes of resetting the power supply). NO Replace indoor unit PC board. YES Replace the drain pump or check for dirt, etc. (V2778) Troubleshooting 145 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.4 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump “A6 ” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload Remote Controller Display A6 Applicable Models All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor Malfunction Decision Conditions When number of turns can’t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum Supposed Causes Fan motor lock Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the wiring from the fan motor securely connected to connectors on the indoor unit PC board? NO Connect the wiring and turn on again. YES Wiring between the indoor unit PC board and fan motor is disconnected. YES Fix the wiring and turn on again. NO Does the fan motor run? YES Replace the indoor unit PC board. NO Replace the fan motor. (V2779) 146 Troubleshooting Panasonic 3.5 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller “A7 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Remote Controller Display A7 Applicable Models LM3, TM3, DM3, YM3 Method of Malfunction Detection Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns. Malfunction Decision Conditions When ON/OFF of the microswitch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds). Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Defect of swing motor Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch) Defect of air flow direction adjusting flap-cam Defect of indoor unit PC board 147 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is power supply 220~240V provided? NO Provide 220~240V power supply. YES Indoor unit is a model equipped with a swing flap function NO Replace indoor unit PC board. YES The swing motor works when the power supply is turned off and then back on. YES NO The connector is connected to X9A (or X15A) of the indoor unit PC board. NO Connect the connector to X9A and turn on again. YES The limit switch functions normally. NO Replace swing motor. YES After turning the swing-flap ON and then stopping with the remote controller, the voltage of X6A (or X29A) of NO the indoor unit PC board is 220 ~ 240 VAC (50 Hz) / 220 VAC (60 Hz) when turned on again (within 30 seconds of turning on again). The connecting cable is short-circuited or disconnected. YES Replace the limit switch connecting cable. NO Replace indoor unit PC board. YES The connecting cable has no continuity. YES Replace the power supply connecting cable. NO When the air flow direction flap's cam mechanism is disconnected from the swing motor, operation is normal when turned on again. NO Replace swing motor. YES Take the cam mechanism apart, reassemble and turn on again. (V2780) 148 Troubleshooting Panasonic 3.6 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Abnormal Power Supply Voltage Remote Controller Display A8 Applicable Models S-40..125EM3 Method of Malfunction Detection Detect malfunction checking the input voltage of fan motor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the input voltage of fan motor is 150V and below, or 386V and above. Supposed Causes The possible causes are: Power-supply voltage malfunction. Connection defect on signal line. Wiring defect. Instantaneous blackout, others. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Check the condition of the power source. Check if power-supply voltage is 220V - 240V ± 10%. Check if there is power open phase or faulty wiring. Check if power-supply voltage side unbalance is within 6V. There are problems on the condition of power source described above. YES Correct any fault. NO "A8" Reoccurrence of malfunction. YES Check and correct each wiring. NO It is possible to have external factor, such as brownout and instantaneous blackout. Troubleshooting 149 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.7 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump “A9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E) Remote Controller Display Applicable Models A9 All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve Defect of indoor unit PC board Defect of connecting cable Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. The electronic expansion valve is connected to X7A of the indoor unit PC board. YES Normal when coil check (∗1) of the moving part of the electronic expansion valve is checked. NO NO After connecting, turn the power supply off and then back on. Replace the moving part of the electronic expansion valve. YES The connecting cable is short-circuited or disconnected. YES Replace the connecting cable. NO If you turn the power supply off and turn on again, and it still does not help, replace the indoor unit PC board. (V2781) 150 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ∗1: Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve Discount the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between the connector pins. (Normal) Pin No. 1. White 2. Yellow 3. Orange 4. Blue 5. Red 1. White 2. Yellow × 3. Orange { Approx. 300Ω × 4. Blue × { Approx. 300Ω × 5. Red { Approx. 150Ω × { Approx. 150Ω × 6. Brown × { Approx. 150Ω × { Approx. 150Ω × 6. Brown {: Continuity ×: No continuity Troubleshooting 151 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.8 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump “AF ” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit Remote Controller Display AF Applicable Models LM3, FM3, DM3, EM3 Method of Malfunction Detection Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in non-operation. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation. Supposed Causes Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.) Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Field drain piping has a defect such as upward sloping. YES Modify the drain piping. NO A humidifier unit (optional accessory) is installed on the indoor unit. YES Check if the humidifier unit is leaking. NO Defect of indoor unit PC board. (V2782) 152 Troubleshooting Panasonic 3.9 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller “AJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device Remote Controller Display AJ Applicable Models All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PC board, and whether the value is normal or abnormal is determined. Malfunction Decision Conditions Operation and: 1. When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board’s memory, and the capacity setting adaptor is not connected. 2. When a capacity that doesn’t exist for that unit is set. Supposed Causes You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adaptor. Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. The indoor unit PC board was replaced with a replacement PC board. NO Replace the indoor unit PC board. YES The indoor unit is a model that requires installation of a capacity setting adaptor when replacing the PC board. NO Replace the indoor unit PC board. YES Install a capacity setting adaptor. (V2783) Troubleshooting 153 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.10 “C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board) Remote Controller Display C1 Applicable Models S-40..125EM3 Method of Malfunction Detecion Check the condition of transmission between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan (A2P) using computer. Malfunction Decision Conditions When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration. Supposed Causes Connection defect of the connecter between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan (A2P). Malfunction of indoor PC board (A1P). Malfunction of PC board for fan (A2P). External factor, such as instantaneous blackout. 154 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the connector between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan (A2P) accurately connected? (*1) NO Connect the connector accurately. YES Confirm the condition of transmission on indoor PC board using local installation mode. (*2) Under above local installation mode, installation position is "01". NO Replace indoor PC board (A1P). YES Connect the connecter X70A and turn on the power again. "C1" Malfunction breaks out again. YES Replace PC board for fan (A2P). NO Connect it and operate (It is possible to have a cause, such as instantaneous blackout) ∗1. Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected. ∗2. Method to check transmission part of indoor PC board. Turn off the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor PC board (A1P). Short-circuit X70A. After turning on the power, check below numbers under local setting remote control. (Confirmation: Setting position NO. at the condition of setting switch No. 21 on mode No. 41) ↓ Determination 01: Normal Other than 01: Transmission defect on indoor PC board ★ After confirmation, turn off the power, take off the short-circuit and connect X70A back to original condition. Troubleshooting 155 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.11 “C4 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger Remote Controller Display C4 Applicable Models All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running. Supposed Causes Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X12A of the indoor unit PC board. NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor (R2T) from the indoor unit PC board (3.5kΩ~ 360kΩ) NO Replace the thermistor (R2T). YES Replace the indoor unit PC board. (V2784) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. 156 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.12 “C5 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes Remote Controller Display C5 Applicable Models All indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running. Supposed Causes Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X11A of the indoor unit PC board. NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor (R3T) from the indoor unit PC board. (0.6kΩ~ 360kΩ) NO Replace the thermistor (R3T). YES Replace the indoor unit PC board. (V2785) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. Troubleshooting 157 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.13 “C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board) Remote Controller Display C6 Applicable Models S-40..125EM3 Method of Malfunction Detection Conduct open line detection with PC board for fan (A2P) using indoor PC board (A1P). Malfunction Decision Conditions When the communication data of PC board for fan (A2P) is determined as incorrect. Supposed Causes The possible causes are: Malfunction of PC board for fan (A2P). Connection defect of capacity setting adapter. Setting mistake on site. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the type of PC board for fan (A2P) correct? NO Replace it with correct PC board for fan (A2P). YES NO Was indoor PC board (A1P) replaced with supplementary PC board? YES Was correct capacity setting adaptor installed when replacing it with supplementary PC board? NO Install correct capacity setting adaptor. YES After establishing transmission for indoor and outdoor, diagnose the operation again. 158 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.14 “C9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air Remote Controller Display C9 Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running. Supposed Causes Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X13A of the indoor unit PC board. NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor NO (R1T) from the indoor unit PC board. (7.2kΩ~ 112kΩ) Replace the thermistor (R1T). YES Replace the indoor unit PC board. (V2786) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. Troubleshooting 159 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.15 “CA ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air Remote Controller Display CA Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by discharge air temperature thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the discharge air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running. Supposed Causes Defect of indoor unit thermistor for air outlet Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to the indoor unit PC board. NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor NO from the indoor unit PC board. (7.2kΩ~ 112kΩ) Replace the thermistor. YES Replace the indoor unit PC board. (V2786) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. 160 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.16 “CC” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System Remote Controller Display CC Applicable Models UM4 Method of Malfunction Detection Even if a malfunction occurs, operation still continues. Malfunction is detected according to the moisture (output voltage) detected by the moisture sensor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the moisture sensor is disconnected or short-circuited Supposed Causes Faulty sensor Disconnection Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Remove the humidity sensor from the indoor PC board and insert it again. Does it function normally? YES It is normal. (Poor connector contact) NO Delete the malfunction code record from the remote controller. (*1) Is "CC" displayed on the remote controller? (*2) YES Replace the humidity sensor PC board ASS'Y (A2P). *3 NO It is believed that external factors (noise or else) other than failure caused the malfunction. *1: To delete the record, the ON/OFF button of the remote controller must be pushed and held for 5 seconds in the check mode. *2: To display the code, the Inspection/Test Operation button of the remote controller must be pushed and held in the normal mode. *3: If "CC" is displayed even after replacing the humidity sensor PC board ASS'Y (A2P) and taking the steps *1 and 2, replace the indoor PC board ASS'Y (A1P). Troubleshooting 161 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.17 “CJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller CJ Remote Controller Display Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote controller air temperature thermistor. (Note1) Malfunction Decision Conditions When the remote controller air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running. Supposed Causes Defect of remote controller thermistor Defect of remote controller PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Turn power supply OFF, then power ON again. Is "CJ" displayed on the remote controller? YES Replace remote controller. NO External factor other than equipment malfunction. (for example, noise etc.) (V2787) Note: In case of remote controller thermistor malfunction, unit is still operable by suction air thermistor on indoor unit. ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. 162 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.18 “E1 ” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect Remote Controller Display E1 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Check data from E²PROM Malfunction Decision Conditions When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off. Supposed Causes Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Turn off the power once and turn on again. Return to normal? NO YES External factor other than malfunction (for example, noise etc.). Replace the outdoor unit main PC Board (A1P). (V3064) Troubleshooting 163 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.19 “E3 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch Remote Controller Display E3 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens. Malfunction Decision Conditions Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation mode. (Reference) Operating pressure of high pressure switch Operating pressure: 4.0MPa Reset pressure: 3.0MPa Supposed Causes 164 Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch Defect of High pressure switch Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Instantaneous power failure Faulty high pressure sensor Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Check for the points shown below. Is the stop valve open? Is the HPS connector properly connected to the main PC board? Does the high pressure switch have continuity? Are the three points above OK? NO Rectify defective points, if any. YES · Mount a pressure gauge on the high-pressure service port. · Connect the Service Checker. · Reset the operation using the remote controller, and then restart the operation. Does the stop due to malfunction (E3) recur? YES Is the HPS operating value normal (i.e., 4.0MPa)? Replace the HPS. YES NO Are the characteristics of the high pressure sensor normal? (See *1.) NO NO Replace the high pressure sensor. YES Is the pressure detected with the PC board normal? (See *2.) NO Replace the main PC board. YES · The high pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PC board is also normal. · The high pressure has really become high. Refer to information on P.218, remove the causes by CHECK 1 which the high pressure has become high. *1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor (*4) and that read by the pressure gauge. (As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector, and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.253.) *2: Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1). *3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor. +5V Connector for high pressure sensor (Red) (4) Red (3) Black (2) Micro controller A/D input (1) High pressure sensor White Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires. (*4) Troubleshooting 165 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.20 “E4 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor Remote Controller Display E4 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor. Malfunction Decision Conditions Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure. Operating pressure:0.07MPa Supposed Causes 166 Abnormal drop of low pressure (Lower than 0.07MPa) Defect of low pressure sensor Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Stop valve is not opened. Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. NO Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve. YES Mount a pressure gauge on the low-pressure service port. Connect the Service Checker. Reset the operation using the remote controller, and then restart the operation. Are the characteristics of the low pressure sensor normal? (See *1.) NO Replace the low pressure sensor. YES Is the pressure detected with the PC board normal? (See *2.) NO Replace the main PC board. YES · The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PC board is also normal. · The low pressure has really become low. CHECK 2 Refer to information on P.219, remove the causes by which the low pressure has become low. *1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor (*4) and that read by the pressure gauge. (As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector, and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.253.) *2: Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1). *3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor. +5V Connector for low pressure sensor (Blue) Micro controller A/D input (4) Red (3) Black (2) White Low pressure sensor (1) Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires. (*4) Troubleshooting 167 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.21 “E5 ” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock Remote Controller Display E5 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and compressor, and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phasecurrent waveform. Malfunction Decision Conditions This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in forced startup mode. Supposed Causes Compressor lock High differential pressure (0.5MPa or more) Incorrect UVW wiring Faulty inverter PC board Stop valve is left in closed. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Check the installation conditions. Is the stop valve open? NO Open the stop valve. YES Is the UVW wiring normal? NO Connect correctly. YES Is high differential pressure starting? (0.5MPa or more) YES Remedy the cause. NO Check and see whether compressor is short-circuited or ground. YES Replace the compressor. NO Are inverter output voltages the same for 3 phases? NO Replace the inverter PC board Assy (A2P). YES Does low or high pressure vary even instantaneously when restarting compressor? NO YES Replace the compressor. (V2793) 168 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.22 “E7 ” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Remote Controller Display E7 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC when the fan motor runs. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan Supposed Causes Malfunction of fan motor The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected, or faulty motor running conditions are met When malfunction is generated 4 times, the system shuts down. connector Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled Clearing condition: Operate for 5 minutes (normal) Open phase L1 or open phase N. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Has the voltage between L1 and N on the power supply terminal board X1M fallen within the range of 220 to 240V±10% (50 Hz)? NO Correct the power supply voltage. If L1 and N phases are open, replace the switch box. YES Connector of fan motor is disconnected. YES Connect the connector. NO Is there any obstacle around the fan? YES Remove the obstacle. NO Can the fan be turned smoothly with hand after disconnect the connector of fan motor? NO YES Has either the fuse F4U on the control PC board (A1P) or the fuse F1U on the inverter PC board (A2P) blown out? YES NO Check No. 3 Check on connector of fan motor (Refer to information on P.220) Are the resistances between pins above judgment? YES If the F4U has blown out, replace the fuse. If the F1U has blown out, replace the inverter PC board assy. Replace the fan motor. NO Has either the fuse F4U on the control PC board (A1P) or the fuse F1U on the inverter PC board (A2P) blown out? NO YES If the F4U has blown out, replace the fuse. If the F1U has blown out, replace the inverter PC board assy. Replace the fan motor. Replace outdoor unit PC board. Troubleshooting 169 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.23 “E9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E) Remote Controller Display E9 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Check disconnection of connector Check continuity of expansion valve coil Malfunction Decision Conditions Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on. Supposed Causes Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Defect of connecting cable 170 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Turn power supply off, and turn power supply on again. Return to normal? YES NO Electronic expansion valve is connected to X21A and X22A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO External factor other than malfunction (for example, noise etc.). After connecting, turn the power off and then back on again. YES Normal when coil check (∗1) of the moving part of the electronic expansion valve is checked. NO Replace the moving part of the electronic expansion valve. YES The connecting cable is short-circuited or disconnected. YES NO Replace the connecting cable. Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3067) ∗Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins, and then make sure the resistance falls in the range of 40 to 50Ω. (Orange) 1 (Red) 2 (Yellow) 3 (Black) 4 5 Measuring points 1-6 2-6 3-6 4-6 (Gray) 6 (V3067) Troubleshooting 171 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.24 “F3 ” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature Remote Controller Display F3 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe temperature sensor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly Supposed Causes Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor Faulty outdoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Discharge pipe temperature is 120˚C or higher when the unit stop by malfunction. YES Refrigerant shortage, compression defect, etc. Defect of the refrigerant system. NO Pull out the discharge pipe thermistor from the outdoor PC board, and then make measurement of resistance using a multiple meter. Are the characteristics of the discharge pipe thermistor normal? (3.5~400KΩ) ∗ YES NO Replace the discharge pipe thermistor. Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3068) ∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P252. 172 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.25 “F6 ” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged Remote Controller Display F6 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature during a check operation. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature during a check run, exceeds the standard. Supposed Causes Refrigerant overcharge Misalignment of the thermistor for heat exchanger Defect of the thermistor for heat exchanger Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Check the mounting condition of the temperature sensors of the heat exchanging deicer thermistor in the piping. Are the above thermistor installed on pipes correctly? NO Install thermistor correctly. YES Remove the heat exchanging deicer thermister from the outdoor PC board and measure resistance with a tester. Is the characteristic of the above thermistor normal? YES NO Replace thermistor. Refrigerant overcharged. (V2797) ∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251. Troubleshooting 173 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.26 “H9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air Remote Controller Display H9 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit. Supposed Causes Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X11A of outdoor PC board (A1P). NO Connect the connector and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor (R1T) from the outdoor unit PC board. (3.5kΩ to 360kΩ) YES NO Replace the thermistor (R1T). Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3070) ∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251. 174 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.27 “J3 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) Remote Controller Display J3 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected. Supposed Causes Defect of thermistor (R2T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X12A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R2T from the outdoor unit PC board. (5.0kΩ~ 640kΩ) YES NO Replace the thermistor (R2T). Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3072) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P252. Troubleshooting 175 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.28 “J5 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Suction Pipe 1, 2 Remote Controller Display J5 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2. Malfunction Decision Conditions When a short circuit or an open circuit in the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2 are detected. Supposed Causes Defect of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for outdoor unit suction pipe Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector of the thermistor for suction pipe1, 2 is connected to X12A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor NO (R3T, R5T) from the outdoor unit PC board. (3.5kΩ ~ 360kΩ) YES Replace the thermistor (R3T, R5T). Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3073) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. 176 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.29 “J6 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) Remote Controller Display J6 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected. Supposed Causes Defect of thermistor (R6T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X13A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor (R4T) from the outdoor unit PC board. (3.5kΩ~ 360kΩ) YES NO Replace the thermistor (R6T). Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3074) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. Troubleshooting 177 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.30 “J7 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe Remote Controller Display J7 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the liquid pipe thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected. Supposed Causes Defect of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Connector is connected to X13A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO Connect the thermistor and turn on again. YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor (R4T) from the outdoor unit PC board. (3.5kΩ~ 360kΩ) YES NO Replace the thermistor (R6T). Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3074) ∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251. 178 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.31 “J9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) Remote Controller Display J9 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open. Supposed Causes Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R4T) Faulty outdoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the connector for subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor connected to X12A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)? NO Connect connector and operate unit again. YES Is the resistance measured after removing the thermistor (R4T) from outdoor unit PC board normal? (3.5 kΩ to 360 kΩ) YES NO Replace thermistor (R4T). Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3075) ∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251. Troubleshooting 179 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.32 “JA ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor Remote Controller Display JA Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit. Supposed Causes Defect of high pressure sensor Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection. Defect of outdoor unit PC board. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. The high pressure sensor is connected to X17A of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO Connect the high pressure sensor and turn on again. YES The relationship between the ∗1 VH and high pressure is normal (see ∗2) when YES voltage is measured between X17A pins (1) and (3) of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) (see ∗1). NO Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). Replace the high pressure sensor. (V2806) ∗1: Voltage measurement point ∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure / voltage characteristics table on P253. 180 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.33 “JC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor Remote Controller Display JC Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit. Supposed Causes Defect of low pressure sensor Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection. Defect of outdoor unit PC board. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. The low pressure sensor is connected to X18A (blue) of outdoor unit PC board (A1P). NO Connect low pressure sensor property and restart system. YES The relationship between the ∗1 VL and low pressure is normal (see ∗2) when voltage is measured between X18A pins (2) and (3) of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) (see ∗1). YES NO Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). Replace the low pressure sensor. (V2808) ∗1: Voltage measurement point ∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure/voltage characteristics table on P253. Troubleshooting 181 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.34 “L1 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board Remote Controller Display L1 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup. Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of Malfunction Decision Conditions In case of overcurrent (OCP) during waveform output When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation In case of IGBT malfunction Supposed Causes Faulty outdoor PC board (A1P) • IPM failure • Current sensor failure • Failure of IGBT or drive circuit startup. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Turn OFF the power supply once and then turn it ON again. Does it return normally? YES It is believed that external factors (noise, etc.) other than failure caused the malfunction. NO Replace the outdoor PC board (A1P). PC board equipped with a resin case ( 182 ) Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.35 “L4 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Remote Controller Display L4 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 83°C. Supposed Causes Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates above 83°C) Defect of inverter PC board (A2P) Defect of fin thermistor Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. The radiator fin temperature is supposed to have risen to 84°C or more. YES Faulty heat radiation of power unit • Air suction opening blocked • Dirty radiator fin • High outdoor temperature NO Is the connector X111A of the fin thermistor properly connected to the outdoor PC board? NO Properly connect. YES Turn ON the power supply, and then press the remote controller check button once. Is the malfunction code "P4" displayed on the remote controller? YES To "P4" troubleshooting NO Does the malfunction code "L4" recur when the unit starts operation? NO Troubleshooting YES Replace the inverter PC board assy (A2P) as well. Continue operation. 183 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.36 “L5 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal Remote Controller Display L5 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When an excessive current flows in the power transistor. (Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation.) Supposed Causes Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation) Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock) Defect of inverter PC board (A2P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Compressor inspection The compressor's coil is disconnected or the insulation is defective. YES Replace the compressor. NO Disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter. Make the power transistor check mode setting ON by service mode. Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced. (Normal if within ±5V Must be measured when frequency is stable. YES Replace the inverter unit (A2P). NO There is instantenious power drop. NO YES Correct power supply. Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises, vibration and operating status of the compressor. (V2812) Higher voltage than actual is displayed when the inverter output voltage is checked by tester. 184 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.37 “L8 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal Remote Controller Display L8 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When overload in the compressor is detected. Supposed Causes Compressor overload Compressor coil disconnected Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Output current check The secondary current of the inverter is higher than 13.1A, 260 sec. for each phase. YES Compressor overload Inspection of the compressor and refrigerant system is required. NO Compressor inspection The compressor's coil is disconnected. YES Replace the compressor. NO Disconnect the the connection between the compressor and inverter. Make the power transistor check mode setting ON by service mode. Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced (Normal if within ±5V). Must be measured when frequency is stable. NO Replace the inverter PC board assy (A2P). YES After turning on again, "L8" blinks again. YES NO Reset and restart. Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises, vibration and operating status of the compressor. (V3184) Troubleshooting 185 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.38 “L9 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error Remote Controller Display L9 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor. Malfunction Decision Conditions When overload in the compressor is detected during startup Supposed Causes Defect of compressor Pressure differential start Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. The difference between high and low pressure when starting is above 0.2MPa. NO Unsatisfactory pressure equalization Check refrigerant system. YES Disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter. Make the power transistor check mode ON by service mode. Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced. (Normal if within ±5V) Must be measured when frequency is stable. NO Replace the inverter PC board assy (A2P). YES After turning on again, "L9" blinks again. YES NO Reset and restart. Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises, vibration and operating status of the compressor. (V2814) 186 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.39 “LC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC Board Remote Controller Display LC Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by microcomputer. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period. Supposed Causes Malfunction of connection between the inverter microcomputer and outdoor control microcomputer Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) External factor (Noise etc.) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Was the inverter PC board or the control PC board replaced? YES NO Are the connectors of the inverter PC board and the control PC board securely connected? Are the inverter PC board and the control PC board used in combination of types listed in Table 1? NO Correct the combination following Table 1, and then restart operation. YES NO Connect a connecting wire, and then restart operation. YES Are there any broken wires in the connectors of the inverter PC board and the control PC board? YES Repair the broken wires, and then restart operation. NO Replace the inverter PC board (A2P) or the control PC board (A1P). Table 1: Combination of PC boards U-4ML5XPQ U-5ML5XPQ U-6ML5XPQ Troubleshooting Type of control Type of inverter PC board PC board EC0640-1 PC0625-1 187 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.40 “P1 ” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit Remote Controller Display P1 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power supply open phase. Supposed Causes Defect of main circuit capacitor Improper main circuit wiring Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P) Imbalance of phase-to-phase voltages Open phase Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Make measurement of power supply voltages between L1 and L2, L1 and L3, and L2 and L3. Have the power supply voltages NO of three phases fallen within the range of rated voltage ±10%? Correct the power supply voltages. YES Has the imbalance of phase-to-phase voltages fallen within ±10%? YES 188 NO Correct the power supply voltages. Replace the inverter PC board assy (A2P). Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.41 “U0 ” Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure Remote Controller Display U0 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Short of gas malfunction is detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor and low pressure saturation temperature. Malfunction Decision Conditions Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant. ★Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued. Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging (incorrect piping) Defect of pressure sensor Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Defect of thermistor R3T 189 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Cooling YES NO The suction pipe1 temp. minus low pressure saturation temp. is 20 ˚C or higher. Low pressure is 0.25 MPa or less. NO The voltage of X18A pins (2) and (3) on main outdoor unit PC board (A1P) is 1.0 VDC or less. (Low pressure sensor output voltage) ∗2 NO YES YES YES Out of gas, closing of stop valve or refrigerant system is clogged. Requires check of refrigerant system. Replace main outdoor unit PC board (A1P). Replace low pressure sensor. Out of gas or refrigerant system is clogged. Requires check of refrigerant system. NO Resistance is normal when measured with the thermistor (R3T) for suction pipe1 disconnected from the outdoor unit PC board. ∗1 NO Replace the thermistor. YES Is the low pressure sensor correct? NO YES Replace the low pressure sensor. Replace the outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V2819) ∗2: Voltage measurement point ∗1: Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251. ∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P253. 190 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.42 “U2 ” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure Remote Controller Display U2 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage. Malfunction Decision Conditions When the abnormal voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and abnormal power supply voltage are detected. Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Power supply insufficient Instantaneous power failure Defect of outdoor unit fan motor Defect of outdoor inverter PC board (A2P) 191 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Have the power supply voltages between L1 and L2, L2 and L3, and L1 and L3 fallen within the range of 380 to 415V±10% (50 Hz) and between L and N within the range of 220 to 240V±10% (50 Hz)? NO Correct the power supply voltages. If L2 or Phase N is open, replace the switch box. YES Check the inverter power transistor. ∗1 Is the power transistor faulty? YES NO Check No.3 ∗ Is the resistance above standard value? NO Replace the inverter PC board assy (A2P). Check for the PC board conditions. In case of significant failure, the PC board may have got faulty due to faulty compressor. Consequently, even if the PC board is replaced, it may get faulty again. To avoid that, recheck the compressor for grounding and for any broken wires. Furthermore, even after replacing the PC board, carry out inspections on the compressor. Replace the fan motor YES When the compressor is running, measure the voltage between + and - of electrolytic capacitor (C+, C-). Is the measured voltage 220 VDC or more? YES Monitor the voltage (Instantaneous voltage drop) NO Replace the inverter PC board (A1P). (S2605) ∗1: Inverter’s Power Transistors Check : Refer to information on P.254~256. ∗ Check No.3 : Refer to information on P.220. 192 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.43 “U3 ” Check Operation not Executed Remote Controller Display U3 Applicable Models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Check operation is executed or not Malfunction Decision Conditions Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation. Supposed Causes Check operation is not executed. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Has the check operation performed on Outdoor unit PC board? YES NO Press the BS4 on PC board on the master outdoor unit for 5 seconds or more to execute check operation. Replace the main PC board on the outdoor unit. (V3052) Troubleshooting 193 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.44 “U4 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units Remote Controller Display U4 Applicable Models AII indoor unit models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal. Malfunction Decision Conditions When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Supposed Causes Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit 194 or wrong wiring Outdoor unit power supply is OFF System address doesn’t match Defect of outdoor unit PC board Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Has the indoor or outdoor unit PC board been replaced, or has the indoor - outdoor or outdoor - outdoor unit transmission wiring been modified? YES Push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC Board for 5 seconds. ∗ The unit will not operate for up to 12 minutes. NO All indoor unit remote controllers of the same refrigerant system display "U4." Is indoor - outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal? NO YES Replace the indoor unit PC board. NO YES Fix the indoor/outdoor unit transmission wiring. Reset the power supply. Outdoor unit PC board microcomputer monitor (HAP) blinks. Are there any broken wires in the connectors of the inverter PC board (A1P) and the control PC board (A2P)? NO YES NO Repair the broken wires, and then restart operation. YES The voltage between terminals L3 and N of the outdoor unit PC board is 220~240 V. NO Supply 220~240 V. YES NO Has either the fuse F4U on the outdoor unit PC board (A1P) or the fuse F1U on the inverter PC board (A2P) blown out? NO NO Operation ready lamp (H2P) is blinking. The fuse F3U on the outdoor unit's PC board is burnt. Is resistance between pins in excess of judgment criteria? YES YES NO Is indoor - outdoor and outdoor - outdoor unit transmission wiring normal? Replace the fuse. YES Check No. 3 ∗ Check for the fan motor connector. YES Lamp does not go off for 12 minutes or more. YES NO YES NO Replace the fuse F4U and the inverter PC board (A2P). Replace the fan motor. Replace the inverter PC board. Replace the fuse F4U. Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). Push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds. Fix the indoor/outdoor unit transmission wiring. Replace the outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3187) ∗ Check No.3 : Refer to information on P.220. Troubleshooting 195 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.45 “U5 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit Remote Controller Display U5 Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using microcomputer is signal transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal. Malfunction Decision Conditions Normal transmission does not continue for specified period. Supposed Causes Malfunction of indoor unit remote controller transmission Connection of two main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers) Defect of indoor unit PC board Defect of remote controller PC board Malfunction of transmission caused by noise Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Using 2-remote controllers control. YES NO All indoor PC board microcomputer monitors blink. YES NO NO YES Multi-core cableis used for the YES indoor unit remote controller transmission wiring. NO SS1 of both remote controllers is set to "MAIN." Operation returns to normal when the power is turned off momentarily. YES NO Set one remote controller to "SUB"; turn the power supply off once and then back on. Replace indoor unit PC board. There is possibility of malfunction caused by noise. Check the surrounding area and turn on again. Switch to double-core independent cable. replacement Defect of remote controller PC board or indoor unit PC board. Replace whichever is defective. (V2823) 196 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.46 “U8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controllers Remote Controller Display U8 Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using microcomputer if signal transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal. Malfunction Decision Conditions Normal transmission does not continue for specified period. Supposed Causes Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controller Connection between sub remote controllers Defect of remote controller PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Using 2-remote controllers control. NO YES SS1 of both remote controllers is set to "SUB." YES SS1 of remote controller PC boards is set to "MAIN." NO Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the power supply off once and then back on. YES NO Turn the power off and then back on. If a malfunction occurs, replace the remote controller PC board. Set one remote controller to "MAIN"; the power supply off once and then back on. (V2825) Troubleshooting 197 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.47 “U9 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System Remote Controller Display Applicable Models U9 AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 198 Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system Defect of PC board of indoor unit in other system Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. "U9" has been displayed for 2 minutes or more. YES Re-diagnose by display after passage of 2 minutes or more. NO Turn on all indoor units. The "UA" display blinks on the remote controllers of other units within the same refrigerant system. YES Refer to failure diagnosis for "UA" malfunction code. YES Refer to failure diagnosis for "A1" malfunction code. YES Refer to failure diagnosis for "A9" malfunction code. YES Refer to failure diagnosis for "U4" malfunction code. NO The "A1" display blinks on the remote controllers of other units within the same refrigerant system. NO The "A9" display blinks on the remote controllers of other units within the same refrigerant system. NO The "U4" display blinks on the remote controllers of other units within the same refrigerant system. NO Refer to failure diagnosis for "U5" malfunction code. (V2826) Troubleshooting 199 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.48 “UA ” Excessive Number of Indoor Units Remote Controller Display Applicable Models UA AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Excess of connected indoor units Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit. Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PC board. Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the outdoor PC board replaced to spare parts PC board? YES The outdoor PC board replaced is wrong, check PC board type. NO The total of indoor units displaying "UA" and indoor units connected to the NO same refrigerant system is within connectable number of unit∗ There are too many indoor units within the same refrigerant system. YES Push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds. Does a malfunction occur? NO Normal YES Does the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit match? YES NO Matches the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit. Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V3169) ∗ The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on the type of outdoor unit. 200 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.49 “UC ” Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller Remote Controller Display Applicable Models UC AII indoor unit models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Address duplication of centralized remote controller Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Optional controllers for centralized control are connected to the indoor unit. NO YES Address duplication of central remote controller The setting must be changed so that the central remote control address is not duplicated. Replace indoor unit PC board. (V2828) Troubleshooting 201 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3.50 “UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor Unit Remote Controller Display UE Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Centralized controller Method of Malfunction Detection Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized remote controller is normal. Malfunction Decision Conditions When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Supposed Causes Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit Connector for setting master controller is disconnected. Failure of PC board for centralized remote controller Defect of indoor unit PC board 202 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Has an indoor unit once connected been remove or its address changed? YES Reset power supply simultaneously for all optional controllers for centralized control. NO Is the power supply turned on for indoor units displaying malfunction? NO Turn indoor unit's power supply. YES Is transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly? NO Fix the wiring correctly. YES Is transmission with all indoor units malfunctioning? NO YES YES Is the transmission wiring with the master controller disconnected or wired incorrectly? Is the group No. of malfunctioning indoor units set? NO NO Set the group No. correctly. Replace indoor unit PC board. Fix the wiring correctly. YES Is the master controller's connector for setting master controller disconnected? YES NO Connect the connector correctly. Replace the central PC board. (V2829) Troubleshooting 203 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.51 “UF ” System is not Set yet UF Remote Controller Display Applicable Models All models of indoor units U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature. Malfunction Decision Conditions The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation. Supposed Causes Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor- outdoor units Failure to execute check operation Defect of indoor unit PC board Stop valve is left in closed Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Are the stop valves openned? NO Open stop valve. YES Is the check operation carried out? NO YES Is indoor - outdoor and outdoor - outdoor unit transmission wiring normal? YES Is indoor -outdoor and outdooroutdoor unit transmission wiring normal? YES Replace indoor unit PC board. NO NO After fixing incorrect wiring, push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds. ∗ The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes. Wiring check operation may not have been carried out successfully. (V2830) Note: 204 Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off for more than 12 hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the fan mode for at least an hour. Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller 3.52 “UH ” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined Remote Controller Display Applicable Models UH AII indoor unit models U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside control adaptor Defect of indoor unit PC board Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P) Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is electricity being introduce for the first time after YES installationor after an indoor or outdoor unit PC board has been replaced? NO Is indoor - outdoor and outdoor - outdoor unit transmission wiring normal? Does a malfunction occur even after 12 minutes elapses from the time when electricity is introduced to indoor and outdoor units? NO Normal YES NO YES After fixing incorrect wiring, push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds. ∗ The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes. After fixing incorrect wiring, push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds Does a malfunction occur? NO Normal YES Does a "UH" malfunction occur for all indoor units in the system? YES NO Replace indoor unit PC board. Replace outdoor unit PC board (A1P). (V2831) Troubleshooting 205 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller 4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller 4.1 “UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Remote Controller and Indoor Unit Remote Controller Display UE Applicable Models AII indoor unit models Centralized Remote Controller Method of Malfunction Detection Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and central remote controller is normal. Malfunction Decision Conditions When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Supposed Causes Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit Connector for setting master controller is disconnected. Failure of PC board for central remote controller Defect of indoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Has an indoor unit once connected been remove or its address changed? YES Reset power supply simultaneously for all optional controllers for centralized control. NO Is the power supply turned on for indoor units displaying malfunction? NO YES Is transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly? NO Turn indoor unit's power supply. Fix the wiring correctly. YES Is transmission with all indoor units malfunctioning? NO YES YES Is the transmission wiring with the master controller disconnected or wired incorrectly? Is the group No. of malfunctioning indoor units set? NO NO Set the group No. correctly. Replace indoor unit PC board. Fix the wiring correctly. YES Is the master controller's connector for setting master controller disconnected? YES NO Connect the connector correctly. Replace the central PC board. (V2832) 206 Troubleshooting Panasonic 4.2 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller “M1 ” PC Board Defect Remote Controller Display Applicable Models M1 Centralized remote controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Defect of central remote controller PC board Troubleshooting Replace the central remote controller PC board. Troubleshooting 207 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller 4.3 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump “M8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for Centralized Control Remote Controller Display Applicable Models M8 Centralized remote controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Has a once connected optional controller for centralized control been disconnected or its address changed? YES Reset power supply simultaneously for all optional controllers for centralized control. NO Is the power supply turned on for all optional controllers for centralized control? NO Turn on power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control. YES Is the reset switch of all optional controllers for centralized control set to ''normal?'' NO Set reset switch to "normal." YES Is transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly? NO YES Fix the wiring correctly. The PC board of one of the optional controllers for centralized control is defective. Try turning on/off using each optional controllers for centralized control, and replace the PC board of the one that is unable to control the indoor unit. (V2833) 208 Troubleshooting Panasonic 4.4 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller “MA ” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control Remote Controller Display Applicable Models MA Centralized remote controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control More than one master controller is connected Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control 209 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the wiring adaptor for electrical appendices connected? Cannot be used in combination with a wiring adaptor for electrical appendices. Remove the wiring adaptor for electrical appendices and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. YES NO Is a schedule timer connected? YES Is a data station connected? NO NO Is a parallel interface connected? NO Is the schedule timer's individual/combined connector connected? Schedule timer and data station cannot be used in combination. Disconnect YES either the schedule timer or data station and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Schedule timer and parallel YES interface cannot be used in combination. Disconnect either the schedule timer or parallel interface and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. YES Disconnect the schedule timer's individual / combined connector and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. NO Are there two or more optional controllers for centralized control connected with the connector for setting master control? YES NO Reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. If the malfunction is still not cleared: Arrange so that the connector for setting master control is connected to one controller for centralized control and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Disconnect the connector for setting master control from the master controller, connect to another optional controller for centralized control and simultaneously reset all optional controllers for centralized control again. The controller connected by the connector for setting master control when the malfunction is cleared is defective and must be replaced. (V2834) 210 Troubleshooting Panasonic 4.5 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Controller “MC ” Address Duplication, Improper Setting Remote Controller Display Applicable Models MC Centralized remote controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Address duplication of centralized remote controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Are two or more centralized remote controllers connected? NO YES Disconnect all centralized remote controllers except one and reset the power supply of the centralized remote controller. Reset power supply of the centralized remote controller. (V2835) Troubleshooting 211 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/ OFF Controller 5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks Remote Controller Display Operation lamp blinks Applicable Models All models of indoor units Unified ON/OFF controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 212 Malfunction of transmission between optional controller and indoor unit Connector for setting master controller is disconnected Defect of unified ON/OFF controller Defect of indoor unit PC board Malfunction of air conditioner Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is a malfunction code displayed on the remote controller? YES Diagnose the cause with the air conditioner's failure diagnosis manual. NO Has a once connected indoor unit been removed or its address changed? YES Reset power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. NO Is the power supply for the indoor unit displaying a malfunction turned on? YES Is transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly? NO Is transmission with all indoor units malfunctioning? NO YES NO YES Is the transmission wiring with the master controller disconnected or wired incorrectly? Turn the power supply of the indoor unit on. Fix the wiring correctly. Is the group No. of malfunctioning indoor units set? YES NO Set the group No. correctly. Replace indoor unit PC board. NO Fix the wiring correctly. YES Is the master controller's connector for setting master controller disconnected. YES Connect the connector correctly. NO Replace the central PC board. (V2841) Troubleshooting 213 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller 5.2 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) Remote Controller Display “under host computer integrated control” (Repeats single blink) Applicable Models Unified ON/OFF controller Central controller, Schedule timer Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 214 Address duplication of central remote controller Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control Connection of more than one master controller Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Caution Has a once connected optional controller for centralized control been disconnected or itsaddress changed? YES Reset power supply simultaneously for all optional controllers for centralized control. NO Is the power supply turned on for all optional controllers for centralized control? YES Is the reset switch of all optional controllers for centralized control set to "normal"? NO Turn on power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control. NO Set reset switch to "normal." YES Is transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly? YES NO Is a central remote controller or schedule timer connected? YES NO Are two or more unified ON / OFF controllers connected? NO Fix the wiring correctly. Is the central remote controller or schedule timer displaying a malfunction? Troubleshooting Refer to failure diagnosis for central remote controller or schedule timer. NO YES Is the setting of the unified ON / OFF controller's switch for setting each address duplicated? YES A YES NO Correct the setting of the unified ON / OFF controller's switch for setting each address and reset the power supply of the unified ON / OFF controller. (V2842) 215 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller A Is the wiring adaptor for electrical appendices connected? YES NO Is a schedule timer connected? YES Is a data station connected? NO YES NO Is a parallel interface connected? YES NO Is the schedule timer's individual/combined connector connected? NO Are there two or more optional controllers for centralized control connected with the connector for setting master control? YES NO Reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. If the malfunction is still not cleared: YES Cannot be used in combination with a wiring adaptor for electrical appendices. Remove the wiring adaptor for electrical appendices and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Schedule timer and data station cannot be used in combination. Disconnect either the schedule timer or data station and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Schedule timer and parallel interface cannot be used in combination. Disconnect either the schedule timer or parallel interface and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Disconnect the schedule timer's individual / combined connector and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Arrange so that the connector for setting master control is connected to one controller for centralized control and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously. Disconnect the connector for setting master control from the master controller, connect to another optional controller for centralized control and simultaneously reset all optional controllers for centralized control again. The controller connected by the connector for setting master control when the malfunction is cleared is defective and must be replaced. (V2843) 216 Troubleshooting Panasonic 5.3 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) Remote Controller Display “under host computer integrated control” (Repeats double blink) Applicable Models Unified ON/OFF controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit. Improper address setting Improper wiring of transmission wiring Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector, or parts damage may be occurred. Is the central control address (group No.) NO set for the indoor unit? YES Is the switch for setting each address set correctly? NO YES Is the transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly? YES Set by remote controller the central control address for all indoor units connected to the central control line. Set the switch for setting each address correctly and simultaneously reset the power supply for all optional controllers Fix the wiring correctly. NO Replace the PC board of the unified ON/OFF controller. (V2844) Troubleshooting 217 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller [CHECK 1] Check for causes of rise in high pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points. Local pressure rise [In cooling] If the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve is throttled: (See *1.) Rise in high pressure Faulty high pressure control High pipe resistance Stop valve closed ←Check to be sure the stop valve is open. Bent or crashed pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions. Clogging of foreign particles ←Is there any temperature difference caused before and after the filter or branch pipe. Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil unit electronic expansion valve Faulty valve body A temperature difference in excess of 10°C between the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal. Faulty high pressure sensor Faulty control Faulty control PCB Faulty valve coil Faulty indoor unit electronic expansion valve ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal? ←Are the electrical characteristics normal? ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor? ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal? Faulty valve body Faulty high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal? [In heating] If the indoor unit electronic expansion valve excessively throttled: (See *2.) [In cooling] High suction air temperature of the condenser Faulty control Faulty indoor unit liquid pipe thermistor ←In the connector properly connected? Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal? Faulty control PCB ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor? High suction air temperature of outdoor unit Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature not more than 46°C? High ambient temperature ←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 46°C? High suction air temperature of indoor unit Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature not more than 27°C? High ambient temperature ←Is the indoor temperature not more than 27°C? Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit ←Is the connector properly connected? Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal? High suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 16°CWB? Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit ←Is the connector properly connected? Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal? [In heating] Degradation in condensing capacity Dirty condenser ←Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling) Mixing of non-condensable gas ←Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system? Decreased fan airflow rate Decreased fan output High air passage resistance Excessive refrigerant charging Improper model selection [In heating] Faulty fan motor ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands? Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal? Faulty control PC board (Including capacity setting) ←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the capacity setting properly made? Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged? Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the air passage? ←Refer to P.173. ←Is the indoor unit too small compared to the large-sized outdoor unit? *1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is fully open. *2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooled degree control”. (For details, refer to “Electronic Expansion Valve Control” on P.72.) C: SDK04009 218 Troubleshooting Panasonic Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller [CHECK 2] Check for causes of drop in low pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points. [In cooling] (See *1.) Faulty low pressure control Abnormally low low-pressure (Low evaporating temperature) [In both cooling and heating] (See *2.) [In cooling] If the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is throttled too much: (See *3.) Faulty electronic expansion valve control Faulty compressor capacity control Faulty low pressure protection control Faulty indoor unit electronic expansion valve Low suction air temperature of the evaporator ←Are the electrical characteristics normal? Faulty control PCB ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor? Faulty low pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal? Faulty hot gas solenoid valve ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal? Faulty control PCB ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor? Faulty valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal? Faulty valve body Faulty control Faulty gas pipe thermistor of indoor unit ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection. Faulty liquid pipe thermistor of indoor unit ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection. Faulty control PCB Faulty outdoor unit electronic expansion valve [In heating] If the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve excessively throttled: (See *4.) [In cooling] Faulty low pressure sensor Faulty valve coil Faulty valve body Faulty control Faulty low pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal? Faulty suction pipe thermistor ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection. Faulty control PCB Low suction air temperature of indoor unit Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature not less than 14˚C Low ambient temperature ←Is the indoor temperature not less than 14˚C Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit ←Is the connector properly connected? Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal? Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor temperature not less than -15˚C Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit ←Is the connector properly connected? Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal? [In heating] High pipe resistance Abnormal piping length ←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range? Bent or crashed pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions. Clogging of foreign particles ←Is there any temperature difference caused before and after the filter or branch pipe? Stop valve closed Less circulation quantity of refrigerant Degradation in condensing capacity ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor? ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal? ←Check to be sure the stop valve is open. Inadequate refrigerant quantity ←Refer to P.189. Moisture choke ←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation. Dirty evaporator ←Is the heat exchanger clogged? Decreased fan airflow rate Decreased fan output High air passage resistance Faulty fan motor ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands? Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal? Faulty control PC board (Including capacity setting) ←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the capacity setting properly made? Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged? Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the air passage? *1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to “Compressor PI Control” on P.50. *2: The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control. For details, refer to P.61. *3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”. (For details, refer to P.72.) *4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is used for “superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger”. (For details, refer to P.51.) Troubleshooting C: SDK04009 219 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump [CHECK 3] Check for Fan Motor Connector (1) Turn the power supply off. (2) With the fan motor connector on motor side disconnected, measure the resistance between each pin, then make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table. 1 White 2 Orange 3 Brown GND 4 Blue Measurement point 1-4 2-4 3-4 4-7 Judgment 1MΩ or more 100kΩ or more 100Ω or more 100kΩ or more 5 6 7 Red 220 Troubleshooting Panasonic Part 8 Appendix 1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................222 1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................222 1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................224 2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................227 2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................227 2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................229 2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................231 3. Option List ...........................................................................................246 3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................246 3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................248 4. 5. 6. 7. Appendix Example of Connection .......................................................................249 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................251 Pressure Sensor .................................................................................253 Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........254 221 Piping Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 1. Piping Diagrams 1.1 Outdoor Unit 3D057917 U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ 222 Appendix Panasonic Piping Diagrams 3D052712 U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ Appendix 223 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Piping Diagrams 1.2 Indoor Unit LM3, UM4, YM3, DM3, FM3, EM3, TM3, KM3, PM3, RM3 Gas piping connection port Heat exchanger Flare connection : φ15.9 or less Attached piping : Above φ19.1 (4) Fan (2) (3) Liquid piping connection port (Flare connection) Filter (1) Electronic Filter expansion valve DU220-602J Code 224 Name Code (1) Electronic expansion valve Y1E (2) Suction air temperature thermistor R1T (3) Liquid pipe R2T (4) Gas pipe R3T Capacity GAS 20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50 63 / 80 / 100 / 125 φ12.7 φ15.9 Main function Used for gas superheated degree control while in cooling operation or subcooled degree control while in heating operation. Used for thermostat control. Used for gas superheated degree control while in cooling operation or subcooled degree control while in heating operation. Used for gas superheated degree control while in cooling operation. (mm) Liquid φ6.4 φ9.5 Appendix Panasonic Piping Diagrams NM3 4D043864H Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters Model 20 / 25 NM3 Appendix Gas φ12.7 (mm) Liquid φ6.4 225 Piping Diagrams 226 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Appendix Panasonic Wiring Diagrams 2. Wiring Diagrams 2.1 Outdoor Unit 3D059640 U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ Appendix 227 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3D05811B U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ 228 Appendix Panasonic 2.2 Wiring Diagrams Field Wiring 3D057919 U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ Appendix 229 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3D052597 U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ 230 Appendix Panasonic 2.3 Wiring Diagrams Indoor Unit S-20, 25, 32, 63LM3HPQ Appendix 231 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump S-40, 50, 80, 125LM3HPQ 232 Appendix Panasonic Wiring Diagrams S-20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125UM4JPQ Appendix 233 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump S-20, 25, 32, 40, 50YM3HPQ 234 Appendix Panasonic Wiring Diagrams 3D039564C S-25, 32, 40, 63DM3HPS Appendix 235 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump S-20, 25NM3HPQ 236 Appendix Panasonic Wiring Diagrams S-20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63FM3HPQ Appendix 237 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump S80, 100, 125FM3HPQ 238 Appendix Appendix X10A F3U K1R HAP Z1F R1 R2 X2A V2R X1A X9A - YLW BLU ORG PNK GRY RED WHT BLK - N L GRN /YLW 5 MS 3~ M1F R4 Z1C N=1 GRN BLU RED BLU RED F1U X10A F4U BLK K1R R1 HAP Z1F X3A PS R2 BLU BRN ORG WHT RED X16A t˚ R1T X8A X6A F2U L1R GRN t˚ R3T M X7A MS 3~ M1F Y1E X35A HAP X18A X17A t˚ R2T INPUT FROM OUTSIDE NOTE) 3 X1M X2M A 3 P * Z2C A 1 P *ONLY FXMQ50PVE • 63PVE • 80PVE • 100PVE • 125PVE X33A X35A X28A WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) SS1 P2 P1 R1T CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER NOTE) 2 TRANSMISSION WIRING EL. COMPO. BOX (INDOOR) Z 1 C BLK A2P L1P T2 T1 F2 F1 P2 P1 X2M PNK WHT YLW ORG S1L X15A X30A X33A X28A X13A t˚ R4T 3D058783 NOTES) 1. : TERMINAL : CONNECTOR : FIELD WIRING 2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL. 3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT. 4. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE PNK : PINK YLW : YELLOW BRN : BROWN GRY : GRAY GRN : GREEN ORG : ORANGE. V1R - + C1 X25A Z2C YLW YLW FOR S-40EM3HPS KPR A2P PS BLK X70A X27A A1P ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE Z1C, Z2C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE) Z1F NOISE FILTER CONNECTOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORY X28A CONNECTOR (POWER SUPPLY FOR WIRING) X33A CONNECTOR (FOR WIRING) X35A CONNECTOR (ADAPTER) WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB) Y1E R3 X1M + C2 + C3 ~220V 60Hz SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A2P) RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) CURRENT SENSING DEVICE RESISTOR (ELECTRIC DISCHARGE) THERMISTOR (SUCTION AIR) THERMISTOR (LIQUID) THERMISTOR (GAS) THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE AIR) FLOAT SWITCH DIODE BRIDGE POWER MODULE TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY) TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) - PS A3P ~220-240V 50Hz + C1 X6A V1R L1R INDOOR UNIT PS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD R1 A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R2 A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (CAPACITOR) R3, R4 C1, C2, C3 CAPACITOR F1U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) R1T R2T F2U FUSE (T, 5A, 250V) R3T F3U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) F4U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) R4T HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE S1L (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) V1R (A1P, A2P) KPR MAGNETIC RELAY V2R K1R MAGNETIC RELAY X1M L1R REACTOR M1F MOTOR (FAN) X2M M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP) A1P BLU RED TO X1M X3A A2P TO X70A (A1P) FOR S-50, 63, 80, 100, 125EM3HPS N L POWER SUPPLY M ~ BLU M1P Panasonic Wiring Diagrams S-40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125EM3HPS 239 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3D039801D S-32, 63, 100TM3JPR 240 Appendix LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) MOTOR (INDOOR FAN) MOTOR (SWING FLAP) THERMISTOR (AIR) THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID PIPE) THERMISTOR (COIL GAS PIPE) TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL) TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER) ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE POWER CIRCUIT HAP M1F M1S R1T R2T R3T X1M X2M Y1E PC PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF) LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED) LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (TIMER-GREEN) LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (FILTER SIGN-RED) LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (DEFROST-ORENGE) SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB) SELECTOR SWITCH (WIRELESS ADDRESS SET) A2P A3P BS1 H1P H2P H3P H4P SS1 SS2 RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED TO WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER) FUSE ( B , 3A, 250V) F1U HAP X1M X2M FRONT X1M X2M 220V ~ 60HZ X27A X20A F1U M1S MSW X36A HAP Y1E M X7A X35A X18A X14A WHT X1A X1A : CONNECTOR : FIELD WIRING THERMISTOR (AIR) SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB) R1T SS1 X35A X15A CONNECTOR (GROUP CONTROL ADAPTOR) CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS SHOWS SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER 4. PNK : PINK YLW : YELLOW BLK : BLACK ORG : ORANGE BRN : BROWN BLU : BLUE 3. SYMBOLS SHOWS AS FOLLOWS: RED : RED WHT : WHITE GRN : GREEN INSTALLATION MANUAL. TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE ATTACHED 2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT : CONNECTOR : TERMINAL H1P H4P H2P H3P BS1 NOTE)8 RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER) NOTE) 5 PNK T2 INPUT FROM OUTSIDE WHT T1 TRANSMISSION WIRING YLW F2 ORG F1 CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER BLU P2 NOTE) 2 BLK P1 SS1 P2 WIRED REMOTE X1M P1 R1T CONTROLLER X24A SS2 SS1 OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL 5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM X15A X30A X24A NOTE) 8 X19A t° X2A REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS BEING USED. 8. X24A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS 3D034206D ATION MANUAL AND ENGINEERING DATA, ETC. AND WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER BY INSTALL- SWITCH (SS1, SS2) OF WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER 7. CONFIRM THE METHOD OF SETTING THE SELECTOR AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE CONNECTING. SYSTEM, CONFIRM ENGINEERING DATA ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION 6. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT. CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE PC t° t° R1T A3P OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE M1F MS 3~ PC NE R2T R3T A2P 1. A1P HAP N WHT L RED A1P X2M GRN/ YLW GRN A1P NOTES) (INDOOR UNIT) CONTROL BOX SIDE A1P L N 220-240V ~ 50HZ POWER SUPPLY WHT ORG BRN BLU INDOOR UNIT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RED Appendix A1P Panasonic Wiring Diagrams S-20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63KM3HPR 241 Wiring Diagrams Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 3D039826D S-20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63PM3HPS S-20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63RM3HPS 242 Appendix Panasonic Appendix Wiring Diagrams 243 Wiring Diagrams 244 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Appendix Panasonic Appendix Wiring Diagrams 245 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Option List 3. Option List 3.1 Option List of Controllers Operation Control System Optional Accessories No. 1 Type 3 Simplified remote control Simplified remote control for hotel use Centralised remote control Unified ON/OFF control Schedule timer Wiring adapter Wiring adapter (hour meter) Wiring adapter for electrical appendices (1) Wiring adapter for electrical appendices (2) Remote sensor Installation box for adapter PCB Electrical box with earth terminal (3 blocks) Electrical box with earth terminal (2 blocks) Noise filter (for electromagnetic interface only) External control adaptor 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 LM3 DM3 NM3 CZ-02RWU12P CZ-01RWY12P CZ-01RWL12P CZ-02RWD12P Infrared remote control 5 6 7 8 9 YM3 FM3 EM3 TM3 KM3 PM3 RM3 CZ-02RT11P 2 4 UM4 Item Wired remote control CZ-02RWF12P CZ-02RWF12P CZ-02RWT12P CZ-01RWK12P CZ-02RWF12P — CZ-02RE11P — CZ-02RE11P — CZ-03RE11P — CZ-03RE11P CZ-02ESM11P CZ-01ANA11P CZ-01ESW11P — KRP1C6 EKRP1B2*2 EKRP1B2 — KRP2A516*1 KRP2A61 KRP2A516 KRP2A516 KRP2A61 KRP2A62* KRP2A51 KRP4AA53*1 KRP4A536*1 KRP4A516*1 KRP4A51 KRP4A516 KRP4A516 KRP4A51 KRP4A52* KRP4A51 — KRP1B57*1 — EKRP1C11*1 — EKRP1B2 KRP2A526*1 KRP1B61 KRP1B61 — — KRP1B61 — KRCS01-1B KRCS01-4 KRP1H98 KRP1BA101 KRP1B96*3/4 — KRP1BA101 — — KJB311A KJB212AA KJB212A — — KRP1B3 KRP1C93*3 KRP4A93*3/4 — CZ-104AP13P CZ-104AP12P CZ-104AP12P KEK26-1A CZ-104AP13P CZ-104AP12P CZ-104AP12P CZ-104AP12P CZ-104AP12P Note: 1. Installation box is required 2. Fixingbox is KRP1A90 3. Up to 2 adapters can be fixed per installation box 4. Only 1 installation box can be installed per indoor unit Various PC Boards No. Part name 1 Adaptor for wiring 2 UM-NET Expander Adaptor Model No. KRP1B56 KRP1B57 KRP1B61 KRP1B3 KRP4A53 CZ-109AP11P Function PC board when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit. Up to 1,024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups. Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1,000 m, total wiring length: 2,000 m, max. number of branches: 16) apply to each adaptor. System Configuration No. 1 1-1 2 2-1 2-2 Part name Central remote controller Electrical box with earth terminal (3 blocks) Unified ON/OFF controller Electrical box with earth terminal (2 blocks) Noise filter (for electromagnetic interface use only) 3 Schedule timer 4 Interface adaptor for US series CZ-02ESM11P • Up to 64 groups of indoor units(128 units) can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up to 2 controllers in one system. KJB311A CZ-01ANA11P KJB212A R-407C/R-22 ★CZ-102AP11P ★CZ-112AP11P For UAT(Y)K(A),FD-K 6 Wiring adaptor for other air-conditioner 7 UM-NET Expander Adaptor ★DTA107A55 • Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day. • Adaptors required to connect products other than those of the UM System to the highspeed UM-NET communication system adopted for the UM System. * To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adaptor must be installed on the product unit to be controlled. ★CZ-103AP11P CZ-109AP11P KRP4A92 Note: 1. Installation box for 246 • Up to 16 groups of indoor units(128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or simultaneously, and operation and malfunction can be displayed. Can be used in combination with up to 8 controllers. KEK26-1 R-410A Central control adaptor kit Mounting plate Function CZ-01ESW11P 5 7-1 Model No. • Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups. • Wiring restrictions (max. lengh : 1,000m, total wiring lengh : 2,000m, max. number of branches : 16) apply to each adaptor. • Fixing plate for CZ-109AP11P adaptor must be procured on site. Appendix Panasonic Appendix Option List 247 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Option List 3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit U-4..6ML5DPQ, U-4..6ML5XPQ Optional accessories Cool/Heat Selector Distributive Piping Fixing box U-4ML5XPQ U-5ML5XPQ U-6ML5XPQ U-4ML5DPQ U-5ML5DPQ U-6ML5DPQ CZ-02RD12P K-JB111A Refnet header CZ-P29HK32Q Refnet joint CZ-P20BK32Q Central drain plug K-KPJ5F180 4TW26101 248 Appendix Panasonic Example of Connection 4. Example of Connection Example of connection (Connection of 8 indoor units Heat pump system) Branch with refnet joint Branch with refnet joint and refnet header indoor unit a b A refnet header h 1 c d B C i j 2 e D E k 3 g f F l 4 5 H1 p G m n 6 Actual pipe length Allowable height Between outdoor and indoor units Between outdoor and indoor units B b j 7 c 7 H2 k d 1 e 2 g f 3 4 5 8 h H1 H2 b c 1 6 d 2 e 3 g f 4 5 6 [Example] unit 8: a+b+c+d+e+f+g+p 150 m [Example] unit 6: a+b+h 150 m, unit 8: a+i+k 150 m [Example] unit 8: a+i 150 m Equivalent pipe length between outdoor and indoor units 175 m (Assume equivalent pipe length of refnet joint to be 0.5 m and of the refnet header to be 1.0 m. (for calculation purposes)) Total piping length from outdoor unit to all indoor units between 10 m and 300 m Difference in height Difference in height between outdoor and indoor units (H1) 50 m (40 m if outdoor unit is located in a lower position). Refrigerant branch kit selection Difference in height between adjacent indoor units (H2) 15 m Pipe length from first refrigerant branch kit (either refnet joint or refnet header) to indoor unit 40 m [Example] unit 8: b+c+d+e+f+g+p 40 m [Example] unit 6: b+h 40 m, unit 8: i+k 40 m Use the following refnet joint [Example] unit 8: i 40 m Use the following refnet header Outdoor unit capacity type U-4..6ML5 Refrigerant branch kits can only be used with R-410A. i Pipe length between outdoor and indoor units 150 m Total extension length Actual pipe length h 7 H2 8 Equivalent length Between indoor and indoor Difference in units height Allowable length after the branch a A H1 8 Maximum allowable length i a refnet joint Branch with refnet header Refrigerant branch kit name CZ-P20BK32Q Pipe size selection A. Piping between outdoor unit and refrigerant branch kit • Match to the size of the connection piping on the outdoor unit. Caution on selecting connection pipes If the overall equivalent piping length is 90 m, be sure to Outdoor unit connection piping size enlarge the pipe diameter of the gas-side main piping. If the recommended pipe size is not available, stick to the original Piping size (outer diameter x minimum pipe diameter (which may result in a small capacity decrease). thickness) Outdoor unit [Gas side] Gas pipe Liquid pipe capacity type U-4..5ML5: Ø15.9.Ø19.1 U-6ML5: Ø19.1.Ø22.2 U-4..5ML5 Ø15.9x1.0 (Ø19.1x1.0) Ø9.5x0.8 Main pipe First refrigerant U-6ML5 Ø19.1x1.0 (Ø22.2x1.0) (enlarge) branch kit Outdoor unit capacity type U-4..6ML5 Refrigerant branch kit name CZ-P29HK32Q C. Piping between refrigerant branch kit and indoor unit B. Piping between refrigerant branch kits • Use the pipe size from the following table. Piping size (outer diameter x minimum thickness) Gas pipe Liquid pipe Ø15.9x1.0 Ø9.5x0.8 • Pipe size for direct connection to indoor unit must be the same as the connection size of indoor unit. Indoor capacity index 20+25+32+40+50 63+80+100+125 Piping size (outer diameter x minimum thickness) Gas pipe Liquid pipe Ø12.7x0.8 Ø6.4x0.8 Ø15.9x1.0 Ø9.5x0.8 Indoor unit How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged Additional refrigerant to be charged R (kg) R should be rounded off in units of 0.1 kg R= ( Total length (m) of liquid piping size at Ø9.5 ) x0.054+ ( Total length (m) of liquid piping size at Ø6.4 ) Example for refrigerant branch using refnet joint and refnet header x0.022 a: Ø9.5x30 m b: Ø9.5x10 m c: Ø9.5x10 m d: Ø9.5x13 m e: Ø6.4x10 m f: Ø6.4x10 m R=[73 x 0.054] + [69 x 0.022] = 5.46 Appendix g: Ø6.4x10 m h: Ø6.4x20 m i: Ø9.5x10 m j: Ø6.4x10 m k: Ø6.4x9 m 5.5 kg 249 Example of Connection 250 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Appendix Panasonic Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics 5. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics Indoor unit Outdoor unit for fin thermistor Appendix R1T TºC -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0.0 88.0 79.1 71.1 0 2 4 6 8 64.1 57.8 52.3 47.3 42.9 10 12 14 16 18 38.9 35.3 32.1 29.2 26.6 20 22 24 26 28 24.3 22.2 20.3 18.5 17.0 30 32 34 36 38 15.6 14.2 13.1 12.0 11.1 40 42 44 46 48 10.3 9.5 8.8 8.2 7.6 50 52 54 56 58 7.0 6.7 6.0 5.5 5.2 60 62 64 66 68 4.79 4.46 4.15 3.87 3.61 70 72 74 76 78 3.37 3.15 2.94 2.75 2.51 80 82 84 86 88 2.41 2.26 2.12 1.99 1.87 90 92 94 96 98 1.76 1.65 1.55 1.46 1.38 For air suction For liquid pipe For gas pipe R1T R2T R3T Outdoor unit For outdoor air For suction pipe 1 For heat exchanger For suction pipe 2 For Subcooling heat exchanger outlet For Liquid pipe T°C -20 -19 -18 -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 0.0 197.81 186.53 175.97 166.07 156.80 148.10 139.94 132.28 125.09 118.34 111.99 106.03 100.41 95.14 90.17 85.49 81.08 76.93 73.01 69.32 65.84 62.54 59.43 56.49 53.71 51.09 48.61 46.26 44.05 41.95 39.96 38.08 36.30 34.62 33.02 31.50 30.06 28.70 27.41 26.18 25.01 23.91 22.85 21.85 20.90 20.00 19.14 18.32 17.54 16.80 16.10 0.5 192.08 181.16 170.94 161.36 152.38 143.96 136.05 128.63 121.66 115.12 108.96 103.18 97.73 92.61 87.79 83.25 78.97 74.94 71.14 67.56 64.17 60.96 57.94 55.08 52.38 49.83 47.42 45.14 42.98 40.94 39.01 37.18 35.45 33.81 32.25 30.77 29.37 28.05 26.78 25.59 24.45 23.37 22.35 21.37 20.45 19.56 18.73 17.93 17.17 16.45 15.76 T°C 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 0.0 16.10 15.43 14.79 14.18 13.59 13.04 12.51 12.01 11.52 11.06 10.63 10.21 9.81 9.42 9.06 8.71 8.37 8.05 7.75 7.46 7.18 6.91 6.65 6.41 6.65 6.41 6.18 5.95 5.74 5.14 4.96 4.79 4.62 4.46 4.30 4.16 4.01 3.88 3.75 3.62 3.50 3.38 3.27 3.16 3.06 2.96 2.86 2.77 2.68 2.60 2.51 R1T R3T R4T, R6T R5T R6T, R4T R7T, R8T (kΩ) 0.5 15.76 15.10 14.48 13.88 13.31 12.77 12.25 11.76 11.29 10.84 10.41 10.00 9.61 9.24 8.88 8.54 8.21 7.90 7.60 7.31 7.04 6.78 6.53 6.53 6.53 6.53 6.06 5.84 5.43 5.05 4.87 4.70 4.54 4.38 4.23 4.08 3.94 3.81 3.68 3.56 3.44 3.32 3.21 3.11 3.01 2.91 2.82 2.72 2.64 2.55 2.47 251 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe (R2T) T°C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 252 0.0 640.44 609.31 579.96 552.00 525.63 500.66 477.01 454.60 433.37 413.24 394.16 376.05 358.88 342.58 327.10 312.41 298.45 285.18 272.58 260.60 249.00 238.36 228.05 218.24 208.90 200.00 191.53 183.46 175.77 168.44 161.45 154.79 148.43 142.37 136.59 131.06 125.79 120.76 115.95 111.35 106.96 102.76 98.75 94.92 91.25 87.74 84.38 81.16 78.09 75.14 72.32 0.5 624.65 594.43 565.78 538.63 512.97 488.67 465.65 443.84 423.17 403.57 384.98 367.35 350.62 334.74 319.66 305.33 291.73 278.80 266.51 254.72 243.61 233.14 223.08 213.51 204.39 195.71 187.44 179.57 172.06 164.90 158.08 151.57 145.37 139.44 133.79 128.39 123.24 118.32 113.62 109.13 104.84 100.73 96.81 93.06 89.47 86.04 82.75 79.61 76.60 73.71 70.96 T°C 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 0.0 72.32 69.64 67.06 64.60 62.24 59.97 57.80 55.72 53.72 51.98 49.96 48.19 46.49 44.86 43.30 41.79 40.35 38.96 37.63 36.34 35.11 33.92 32.78 31.69 30.63 29.61 28.64 27.69 26.79 25.91 25.07 24.26 23.48 22.73 22.01 21.31 20.63 19.98 19.36 18.75 18.17 17.61 17.07 16.54 16.04 15.55 15.08 14.62 14.18 13.76 13.35 0.5 70.96 68.34 65.82 63.41 61.09 58.87 56.75 54.70 52.84 50.96 49.06 47.33 45.67 44.07 42.54 41.06 39.65 38.29 36.98 35.72 34.51 33.35 32.23 31.15 30.12 29.12 28.16 27.24 26.35 25.49 24.66 23.87 23.10 22.36 21.65 20.97 20.31 19.67 19.05 18.46 17.89 17.34 16.80 16.29 15.79 15.31 14.85 14.40 13.97 13.55 13.15 T°C 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 0.0 13.35 12.95 12.57 12.20 11.84 11.49 11.15 10.83 10.52 10.21 9.92 9.64 9.36 9.10 8.84 8.59 8.35 8.12 7.89 7.68 7.47 7.26 7.06 6.87 6.69 6.51 6.33 6.16 6.00 5.84 5.69 5.54 5.39 5.25 5.12 4.98 4.86 4.73 4.61 4.49 4.38 4.27 4.16 4.06 3.96 3.86 3.76 3.67 3.58 3.49 3.41 (kΩ) 0.5 13.15 12.76 12.38 12.01 11.66 11.32 10.99 10.67 10.36 10.06 9.78 9.50 9.23 8.97 8.71 8.47 8.23 8.01 7.78 7.57 7.36 7.16 6.97 6.78 6.59 6.42 6.25 6.08 5.92 5.76 5.61 5.46 5.32 5.18 5.05 4.92 4.79 4.67 4.55 4.44 4.32 4.22 4.11 4.01 3.91 3.81 3.72 3.62 3.54 3.45 3.37 Appendix Panasonic Pressure Sensor 6. Pressure Sensor Detected Pressure PH = 1.38V-0.69 PL = 0.57V-0.28 PH : High pressure (MPa) VL : Low pressure (MPa) V : Voltage (V) PH : Detected Pressure [High Side] MPa PL : Detected Pressure [Low Side] MPa VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC High Pressure (PH) Low Pressure (PL) Output Voltage (VH, VL) (V3053) Appendix 253 Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 7. Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple tester. <Items to be prepared> 1 Multiple tester : Prepare the digital type of multiple tester with diode check function. <Preparation> 1 Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement of resistance. 1 To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals. Inverter PC board (U-4, 5, 6ML5XPQ) W V U C+ C- 254 Appendix Panasonic Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules Inverter PC board (U-4, 5, 6ML5DPQ) C+ C– W V U Appendix 255 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules Power module checking When using the digital type of multiple tester, make measurement in diode check mode. Tester terminal + C+ Criterion Remark Not less than 0.3V (including ∞)* It may take time to determine the voltage due to capacitor charge or else. U V W U C- Not less than 0.3V (including ∞)* C+ 0.3 to 0.7V (including ∞)* U 0.3 to 0.7V (including ∞)* V W U V W C- V W *There needs to be none of each value variation. The following abnormalities are also doubted besides the PC board abnormality. 1 Faulty compressor (ground fault, ground leakage) 1 Faulty fan motor (ground leakage) 256 Appendix Panasonic Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................258 1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................258 1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................260 1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................261 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 257 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 1.1 Outline 1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A 1. Performance Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C 2. Pressure Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C. 3. Refrigerant composition Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant. Refrigerant name Composing substances Design pressure HFC units (Units using new refrigerants) R-407C R-410A Non-azeotropic mixture Quasi-azeotropic mixture of HFC32, HFC125 and of HFC32 and JFC125 HFC134a (*1) (*1) 3.2 MPa (gauge pressure) 4.0 MPa (gauge pressure) = 32.6 kgf/cm2 = 40.8 kgf/cm2 Refrigerant oil Ozone destruction factor (ODP) Combustibility Toxicity HCFC units R-22 Single-component refrigerant 2.75MPa (gauge pressure) = 28.0 kgf/cm2 Synthetic oil (Ether) Mineral oil (Suniso) 0 0 0.05 None None None None None None ★1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different boiling points. ★2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar boiling points. ★3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for each product. (Reference) 1 MPa 10.19716 kgf / cm2 Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%) 258 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Panasonic Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A Temperature ( ) Steam pressure (kPa) Liquid Vapor Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Density (kg/m3 ) Liquid Vapor Specific heat at constant pressure (kJ/kgK) Liquid Vapor Specific enthalpy (kJ/kg) Liquid Vapor Specific entropy (kJ/KgK) Liquid Vapor 259 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders Cylinder specifications 2 The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink). 2 The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube. Siphon tube Cylinder Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in upright position. Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system. Handling of cylinders (1) Laws and regulations R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law. The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations. (2) Handing of vessels Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels. Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll them on the ground. (3) Storage Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases. It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible plug melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve operates). 260 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Panasonic 1.3 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Service Tools R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants (R-22,R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous refrigerant (R-22,R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants. Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices. Tool compatibility Tool Compatibility HFC HCFC R-410A R-407C R-22 Gauge manifold Charge hose ✕ ✕ { Charging cylinder Gas detector Vacuum pump (pump with reverse flow preventive function) Weighting instrument { ✕ { 2Do not use the same tools for R-22 and R-410A. 2Thread specification differs for R-410A and R-407C. 2Weighting instrument used for HFCs. 2The same tool can be used for HFCs. 2To use existing pump for HFCs, vacuum pump adaptor must be installed. { Charge mouthpiece ✕ Flaring tool (Clutch type) Torque wrench Pipe cutter Pipe expander Pipe bender { { { { { Pipe assembling oil ✕ Refrigerant recovery device Check your recovery device. Refrigerant piping Reasons for change See the chart below. 2Seal material is different between R-22 and HFCs. 2Thread specification is different between R-410A and others. 2For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary. 2Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8 2Due to refrigerating machine oil change. (No Suniso oil can be used.) 2Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material while the previous material is "O". As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of charge hose. Copper tube material and thickness Pipe size φ6.4 φ9.5 φ12.7 φ15.9 φ19.1 φ22.2 φ25.4 φ28.6 φ31.8 φ38.1 φ44.5 Material O O O O O 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H R-407C Thickness t (mm) 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Material O O O O 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H R-410A Thickness t (mm) 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.6 * O: Soft (Annealed) H: Hard (Drawn) Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 261 Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 1. Flaring tool Flare gauge Specifications 2 Dimension A Unit:mm Nominal size A +0−0.4 Tube O.D. Do Class-2 (R-410A) Class-1 (Conventional) 1/4 6.35 9.1 9.0 3/8 9.52 13.2 13.0 1/2 12.70 16.6 16.2 5/8 15.88 19.7 19.4 3/4 19.05 24.0 23.3 Differences 2 Change of dimension A Dimension A For class-1: R-407C For class-2: R-410A Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed. (change of work process) Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm. (For clutch type only) Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used. 262 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Panasonic Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 2. Torque wrench Specifications 2 Dimension B Nominal size 1/2 5/8 Unit:mm Class-1 24 27 Class-2 26 29 Previous 24 27 No change in tightening torque No change in pipes of other sizes Differences 2 Change of dimension B Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended For class-1: R-407C For class-2: R-410A Dimension B 3. Vacuum pump with check valve Vacuum pump adapter Reverse flow preventive vacuum adapter Specifications 2 Discharge speed 50 l/min (50Hz) 60 l/min (60Hz) 2 Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare) UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adapter z Maximum degree of vacuum Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep the vacuum degree of the system in excess of –100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg). Differences 2 Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow 2 Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 263 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 4. Leak tester Specifications 2 Hydrogen detecting type, etc. 2 Applicable refrigerants R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc. Differences 2 Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects hydrogen. 5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal) Specifications 2 Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle. 2 Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time. Differences 2 Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units. 6. Gauge manifold for R-410A Specifications 2 High pressure gauge - 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2) 2 Low pressure gauge - 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2) 2 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min) 2 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges. → For prevention of contamination 264 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Panasonic Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 2 Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas saturated state. Differences 2 Change in pressure 2 Change in service port diameter 7. Charge hose for R-410A (Hose with ball valve) Specifications 2 Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2) 2 Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2) 2 Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow. Differences 2 Pressure proof hose 2 Change in service port diameter 2 Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance 8. Charging cylinder Can not be used Specifications 2 Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder. Differences 2 The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during charging. When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is generated inside charging cylinder. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) 265 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump 9. Weigher for refrigerant charge Specifications 2 High accuracy TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g 2 Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging. 2 A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard accessories. Differences 2 Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging. 10.Charge mouthpiece Specifications 2 For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min) 2 Material is changed from CR to H-NBR. Differences 2 Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use) 2 Change of sealer material for the HFCs use. 266 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) Panasonic Index A A0 .........................................................................142 A1 .........................................................................143 A3 .........................................................................144 A6 .........................................................................146 A7 .........................................................................147 A8 .........................................................................149 A9 .........................................................................150 Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............172 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage .........................149 About Refrigerant R-410A ....................................258 Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................164 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................166 Address Duplication of Central Remote Controller ......................................................201 Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................211 AF .........................................................................152 AJ .........................................................................153 Applicable range of Field setting ............................92 F F3 ........................................................................ 172 F6 ........................................................................ 173 Failure of Combination (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board) ............................ 158 Failure of Transmission (Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board) ............................ 154 Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 146 Field Setting .......................................................... 87 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ........................... 104 Field Setting from Remote Controller .................... 87 Freeze Prevention ................................................. 70 Functional Parts Layout ........................................ 44 H C C1 .........................................................................154 C4 .........................................................................156 C5 .........................................................................157 C6 .........................................................................158 C9 .........................................................................159 CA ........................................................................160 CC ........................................................................161 Centralized Control Group No. Setting .................100 Check for causes of drop in low pressure ............219 Check for causes of rise in high pressure ............218 Check Operation ....................................................82 Check Operation not Executed ............................193 CJ .........................................................................162 Compressor PI Control ...........................................50 Contents of Control Modes ..................................102 Cool / Heat Mode Switching .................................113 Cooling Operation Fan Control ..............................52 D Defrosting Operation ..............................................56 Demand Operation .................................................64 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................93 Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................62 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ......................217 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) ........................214 Drain Level above Limit ........................................152 Drain Pump Control ................................................65 E E1 E3 E4 E5 E7 E9 Electrical and Functional Parts Outdoor Unit ................................................... 30 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control .................. 51 Error of External Protection Device ..................... 142 Excessive Number of Indoor Units ...................... 200 .........................................................................163 .........................................................................164 .........................................................................166 .........................................................................168 .........................................................................169 .........................................................................170 Index H9 ........................................................................ 174 Heating Operation Prohibition ............................... 64 High Pressure Protection Control .......................... 60 High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit ..................................... 188 I Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control ...................................... 209 Inverter Compressor Abnormal ........................... 184 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ......................... 168 Inverter Current Abnormal ................................... 185 Inverter Protection Control .................................... 63 Inverter Start up Error ......................................... 186 J J3 J5 J6 J7 J9 JA JC ........................................................................ 175 ........................................................................ 176 ........................................................................ 177 ........................................................................ 178 ........................................................................ 179 ........................................................................ 180 ........................................................................ 181 L L1 ........................................................................ 182 L4 ........................................................................ 183 L5 ........................................................................ 184 L8 ........................................................................ 185 L9 ........................................................................ 186 LC ........................................................................ 187 List of Electrical and Functional Parts Indoor Unit ...................................................... 32 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ............. 67 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure .............. 189 Low Pressure Protection Control .......................... 61 i Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump M O M1 ........................................................................207 M8 ........................................................................208 MA ........................................................................209 Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board .......................................................138 Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ....153 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) .............................................................175 Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) .............................................................144 Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor ...................180 Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System ..............161 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise ...............................................................183 Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ...................181 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E) ...................................................150 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E) ..........................................170 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................169 Malfunction of PC Board ......................................182 Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ...............147 Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ......................................................205 Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) ..........................179 Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) ...........................177 Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air ...159 Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger ............................................156 Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ....157 Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Suction Pipe 1, 2 ...........................................176 Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ...............................178 Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air .........160 Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller ......................................................162 Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor Unit .............................202 Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Remote Controller and Indoor Unit ...............206 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System ...............198 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units .........................................194 Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC Board ..........................................187 Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controllers .......................................197 Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for Centralized Control ................208 Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit .............................196 MC ........................................................................211 Method of Replacing The Inverter’s Power Transistors and Diode Modules .......................................254 Oil Return Operation ............................................. 54 Operation Lamp Blinks ........................................ 212 Operation Mode .................................................... 48 Operation when Power is Turned On .................... 85 Option List ........................................................... 246 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ............................. 86 Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe ..... 252 N Normal Operation ...................................................49 ii P P1 ........................................................................ 188 PC Board Defect ................................. 143, 163, 207 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ................................... 191 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .......... 258 Pressure Sensor ................................................. 253 Protection Control ................................................. 60 Pump-down Residual Operation ........................... 57 R Refrigerant Circuit ................................................. 40 Refrigerant Cylinders .......................................... 260 Refrigerant Overcharged ..................................... 173 Restart Standby .................................................... 58 S Service Tools ...................................................... 261 Setting by Dip Switches ...................................... 104 Setting by pushbutton switches ........................... 106 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation ..................................................... 115 Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation ..................................................... 119 Special Control ...................................................... 53 Specifications .......................................................... 6 Startup Control ...................................................... 53 Stopping Operation ............................................... 59 Swing Flaps ........................................................... 71 Symptom-based Troubleshooting ....................... 125 System is not Set yet .......................................... 204 T Test Operation Procedure and Outline .................................... 74 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics ........................ 251 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller .............. 68 U U0 ........................................................................ 189 U2 ........................................................................ 191 U3 ........................................................................ 193 U4 ........................................................................ 194 U5 ........................................................................ 196 U8 ........................................................................ 197 U9 ........................................................................ 198 UA ....................................................................... 200 UC ....................................................................... 201 UE ............................................................... 202, 206 UF ....................................................................... 204 UH ....................................................................... 205 Index Panasonic Drawings & Flow Charts A H abnormal discharge pipe temperature .................172 abnormal power supply voltage ...........................149 actuation of high pressure switch .........................164 actuation of low pressure sensor .........................166 address duplication of central remote controller ...........................................201 address duplication, improper setting ..................211 high pressure protection control ............................ 60 high voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit ............................................................ 188 C centralized control group no. setting ....................100 CZ-02RT11P type ..........................................100 CZ-01RW type ...............................................101 CZ-02RW type ...............................................101 group no. setting example .............................101 check for causes of drop in low pressure .............219 check for causes of rise in high pressure .............218 check for fan motor connector ..............................220 check operation ......................................................82 check operation not executed ..............................193 check work prior to turn power supply on ...............74 compressor motor lock .........................................168 contents of control modes ....................................102 how to select operation mode ........................103 cooling operation fan control ..................................52 D display “under host computer integrate control” blinks (repeats double blink) ...................................217 display “under host computer integrate control” blinks (repeats single blink) .....................................214 display of sensor and address data .....................134 drain level above limit ...........................................152 drain pump control .................................................65 when the float switch is tripped and “AF” is displayed on the remote controller ......66 when the float switch is tripped during heating operation .............................................66 when the float switch is tripped while the cooling thermostat is off ..................................65 when the float switch is tripped while the cooling thermostat is on ..................................65 E error of external protection device ........................142 excessive number of indoor units .........................200 F failure of combination (between indoor unit pc board and fan pc board) ..........................................158 failure of transmission (between indoor unit pc board and fan pc board) ..........................................154 fan motor (M1F) lock, overload ............................146 freeze prevention ...................................................70 functional parts layout ............................................44 Drawings & Flow Charts I improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control ....................................... 209 inverter compressor abnormal ............................. 184 inverter current abnormal .................................... 185 inverter protection control ...................................... 63 inverter start up error ........................................... 186 L louver control for preventing ceiling dirt ................. 67 low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion valve failure ................ 189 low pressure protection control ............................. 61 M malfunction of capacity determination device ...... 153 malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R2T) ............................................................ 175 malfunction of drain level control system (S1L) ............................................................ 144 malfunction of high pressure sensor ................... 180 malfunction of humidity sensor system ............... 161 malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise ........................................... 183 malfunction of low pressure sensor ..................... 181 malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve (20E) ................................................... 150 malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve (Y1E, Y3E) .......................................... 170 malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor .................. 169 malfunction of swing flap motor (MA) .................. 147 malfunction of system, refrigerant system address undefined ..................................................... 205 malfunction of thermistor (R4T) ........................... 179 malfunction of thermistor (R6T)............................ 177 malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air ... 174 malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for suction air .... 159 malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchanger ....................................... 156 malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes ..... 157 malfunction of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for suction pipe 1, 2 ........................................... 176 malfunction of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe .............................................................. 178 malfunction of thermistor for discharge air .......... 160 malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote controller .......................................... 162 malfunction of transmission between central remote controller and indoor unit .............................. 202 iii Urban Multi ML5 · Mini UM · Heat Pump malfunction of transmission between centralized remote controller and indoor unit ..................206 malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units in the same system .................198 malfunction of transmission between indoor units and outdoor units .................................................194 malfunction of transmission between inverter and control pc board ............................................187 malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controllers .........................................197 malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control ..................208 malfunction of transmission between remote controller and indoor unit ..............................196 method of replacing the inverter’s power transistors modules ........................................................254 wireless remote controller - indoor unit ................. 89 CZ-01RW type ................................................ 89 CZ-02RW type ................................................ 89 wiring diagrams ................................................... 227 O operation lamp blinks ...........................................212 operation mode ......................................................48 operation of the remote controller’s inspection / test operation button .....................................132 outdoor unit pc board layout ...................................86 P pc board defect ....................................143, 163, 207 piping diagrams ....................................................222 power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure .....................................191 pressure sensor ...................................................253 R refrigerant circuit ....................................................40 refrigerant overcharged ........................................173 remote controller self-diagnosis function ..............135 remote controller service mode ............................133 S self-diagnosis by wired remote controller .............129 self-diagnosis by wireless remote controller ........130 setting of low noise operation and demand operation .........................................115 image of operation .........................................116 setting of refrigerant additional charging operation ........................................119 check operation .............................................121 simplified remote controller ....................................90 BRC2C51 ........................................................90 system is not set yet .............................................204 T thermostat sensor in remote controller ...................68 cooling .............................................................68 heating .............................................................69 torque wrench ......................................................263 troubleshooting by remote controller ....................128 turn power on .........................................................74 W weigher for refrigerant charge ..............................266 wired remote controller ...........................................87 iv Drawings & Flow Charts ">

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Inverter-controlled compressor
- Multi-zone control
- Heating and cooling capabilities
- Multiple indoor unit connection
- Efficient operation
- Quiet operation
Frequently asked questions
The capacity range of the ML5 U-4..6ML5XPQ/DPQ Heat Pump varies based on the model. Refer to the 'Capacity Range' section of the service manual for specific information.
The maximum number of indoor units that can be connected to the ML5 U-4..6ML5XPQ/DPQ Heat Pump depends on the outdoor unit model.
The ML5 U-4..6ML5XPQ/DPQ Heat Pump uses R-410A refrigerant.